elf32-sh.c revision 1.1.1.11 1 1.1 skrll /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 1.1.1.11 christos Copyright (C) 1996-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 skrll Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4 1.1 skrll
5 1.1 skrll This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 1.1 skrll
7 1.1 skrll This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 1.1 skrll (at your option) any later version.
11 1.1 skrll
12 1.1 skrll This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
16 1.1 skrll
17 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 1.1 skrll along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 1.1 skrll Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 1.1 skrll MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21 1.1 skrll
22 1.1 skrll #include "sysdep.h"
23 1.1 skrll #include "bfd.h"
24 1.1 skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
25 1.1 skrll #include "libbfd.h"
26 1.1 skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 1.1 skrll #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 1.1 skrll #include "elf/sh.h"
29 1.1.1.2 christos #include "dwarf2.h"
30 1.1 skrll #include "libiberty.h"
31 1.1 skrll #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32 1.1 skrll
33 1.1.1.8 christos /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
34 1.1.1.8 christos #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
35 1.1.1.8 christos
36 1.1 skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
37 1.1 skrll (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38 1.1 skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
39 1.1 skrll (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
40 1.1.1.9 christos static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
41 1.1 skrll (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
42 1.1.1.9 christos static bool sh_elf_align_loads
43 1.1.1.9 christos (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
44 1.1.1.9 christos static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
45 1.1 skrll (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46 1.1 skrll static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47 1.1 skrll (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49 1.1 skrll (struct bfd_link_info *);
50 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma tpoff
51 1.1 skrll (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52 1.1 skrll
53 1.1 skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
54 1.1 skrll section. */
55 1.1 skrll
56 1.1 skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57 1.1 skrll
58 1.1.1.2 christos /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
59 1.1.1.2 christos #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60 1.1.1.2 christos
61 1.1 skrll #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62 1.1.1.2 christos
63 1.1.1.2 christos /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64 1.1.1.2 christos not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65 1.1.1.2 christos its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
66 1.1.1.2 christos #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67 1.1.1.2 christos (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68 1.1.1.2 christos || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69 1.1 skrll
70 1.1.1.9 christos #define SH_PARTIAL32 true
72 1.1 skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
73 1.1 skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
74 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75 1.1 skrll {
76 1.1 skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
77 1.1 skrll };
78 1.1.1.9 christos
79 1.1 skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 false
80 1.1 skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
81 1.1 skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
82 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83 1.1 skrll {
84 1.1 skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
85 1.1 skrll };
86 1.1 skrll
87 1.1 skrll /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
89 1.1 skrll
90 1.1 skrll static bool
91 1.1.1.7 christos vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
92 1.1.1.4 christos {
93 1.1.1.4 christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
94 1.1 skrll extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
95 1.1.1.4 christos extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
96 1.1.1.4 christos
97 1.1 skrll return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
98 1.1.1.9 christos || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
99 1.1 skrll #else
100 1.1 skrll return false;
101 1.1 skrll #endif
102 1.1.1.2 christos }
103 1.1.1.2 christos
104 1.1.1.9 christos /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
105 1.1.1.2 christos
106 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
107 1.1.1.7 christos fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
108 1.1.1.4 christos {
109 1.1.1.4 christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
110 1.1.1.2 christos extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
111 1.1.1.4 christos extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
112 1.1.1.4 christos
113 1.1.1.2 christos return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
114 1.1.1.9 christos || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
115 1.1.1.2 christos #else
116 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
117 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
118 1.1 skrll }
119 1.1 skrll
120 1.1 skrll /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
121 1.1 skrll
122 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
123 1.1 skrll get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
124 1.1 skrll {
125 1.1 skrll if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
126 1.1 skrll return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
127 1.1 skrll return sh_elf_howto_table;
128 1.1 skrll }
129 1.1 skrll
130 1.1 skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
131 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
132 1.1 skrll asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
133 1.1 skrll bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
134 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
135 1.1 skrll {
136 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma last_addr;
137 1.1 skrll static asection *last_symbol_section;
138 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
139 1.1 skrll int diff, cum_diff;
140 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma x;
141 1.1 skrll int insn;
142 1.1 skrll
143 1.1 skrll /* Sanity check the address. */
144 1.1 skrll if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
145 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
146 1.1 skrll
147 1.1 skrll /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
148 1.1 skrll although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
149 1.1 skrll if (! last_addr)
150 1.1 skrll {
151 1.1 skrll last_addr = addr;
152 1.1 skrll last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
153 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
154 1.1 skrll }
155 1.1 skrll if (last_addr != addr)
156 1.1 skrll abort ();
157 1.1 skrll last_addr = 0;
158 1.1 skrll
159 1.1 skrll if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
160 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
161 1.1 skrll
162 1.1 skrll /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
163 1.1 skrll if (symbol_section != input_section)
164 1.1 skrll {
165 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
166 1.1 skrll contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
167 1.1 skrll else
168 1.1 skrll {
169 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
170 1.1.1.9 christos &contents))
171 1.1 skrll {
172 1.1 skrll free (contents);
173 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
174 1.1 skrll }
175 1.1 skrll }
176 1.1 skrll }
177 1.1 skrll #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
178 1.1 skrll start_ptr = contents + start;
179 1.1 skrll for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180 1.1 skrll {
181 1.1 skrll for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
182 1.1 skrll ptr -= 2;
183 1.1 skrll ptr += 2;
184 1.1 skrll diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
185 1.1 skrll cum_diff += diff & 1;
186 1.1 skrll cum_diff += diff;
187 1.1 skrll }
188 1.1 skrll /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
189 1.1 skrll so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
190 1.1 skrll addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
191 1.1 skrll if (cum_diff >= 0)
192 1.1 skrll {
193 1.1 skrll start -= 4;
194 1.1 skrll end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195 1.1 skrll }
196 1.1 skrll else
197 1.1 skrll {
198 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199 1.1 skrll
200 1.1 skrll while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
201 1.1 skrll start0 -= 2;
202 1.1 skrll start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
203 1.1 skrll start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
204 1.1 skrll end = start0;
205 1.1.1.9 christos }
206 1.1 skrll
207 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208 1.1 skrll free (contents);
209 1.1 skrll
210 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211 1.1 skrll
212 1.1 skrll x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213 1.1 skrll if (input_section != symbol_section)
214 1.1 skrll x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215 1.1 skrll - (input_section->output_section->vma
216 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset));
217 1.1 skrll x >>= 1;
218 1.1 skrll if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220 1.1 skrll
221 1.1 skrll x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223 1.1 skrll
224 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
225 1.1 skrll }
226 1.1 skrll
227 1.1 skrll /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
228 1.1 skrll function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
229 1.1 skrll
230 1.1 skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
231 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232 1.1 skrll void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233 1.1.1.8 christos char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234 1.1 skrll {
235 1.1 skrll bfd_vma insn;
236 1.1 skrll bfd_vma sym_value;
237 1.1.1.8 christos enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
240 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
241 1.1 skrll
242 1.1 skrll r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243 1.1 skrll
244 1.1 skrll if (output_bfd != NULL)
245 1.1 skrll {
246 1.1 skrll /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
247 1.1 skrll reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
248 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
249 1.1 skrll }
250 1.1 skrll
251 1.1 skrll /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
252 1.1 skrll done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
253 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
254 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
255 1.1 skrll
256 1.1 skrll if (symbol_in != NULL
257 1.1 skrll && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
258 1.1.1.4 christos return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259 1.1.1.8 christos
260 1.1.1.4 christos /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
261 1.1.1.4 christos if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
262 1.1.1.4 christos > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
263 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
264 1.1 skrll
265 1.1 skrll if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
266 1.1 skrll sym_value = 0;
267 1.1 skrll else
268 1.1 skrll sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
269 1.1 skrll symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
270 1.1 skrll symbol_in->section->output_offset);
271 1.1 skrll
272 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
273 1.1 skrll {
274 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR32:
275 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
276 1.1 skrll insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
277 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
278 1.1 skrll break;
279 1.1 skrll case R_SH_IND12W:
280 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
281 1.1 skrll sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
282 1.1 skrll sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
283 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset
284 1.1.1.8 christos + addr
285 1.1.1.8 christos + 4);
286 1.1.1.8 christos sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
287 1.1.1.8 christos insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
288 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
289 1.1 skrll if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
290 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 1.1 skrll break;
292 1.1 skrll default:
293 1.1 skrll abort ();
294 1.1 skrll break;
295 1.1 skrll }
296 1.1 skrll
297 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 1.1 skrll }
299 1.1 skrll
300 1.1 skrll /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 1.1 skrll which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302 1.1 skrll
303 1.1 skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 1.1 skrll sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 1.1 skrll asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 1.1 skrll void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 1.1 skrll bfd *output_bfd,
308 1.1 skrll char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 1.1 skrll {
310 1.1 skrll if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 1.1 skrll reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 1.1 skrll }
314 1.1 skrll
315 1.1 skrll /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316 1.1 skrll
317 1.1 skrll struct elf_reloc_map
318 1.1 skrll {
319 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 1.1 skrll unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 1.1 skrll };
322 1.1 skrll
323 1.1 skrll /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324 1.1 skrll
325 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 1.1 skrll {
327 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 1.1 skrll };
375 1.1 skrll
376 1.1 skrll /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
377 1.1 skrll corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
378 1.1 skrll
379 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
380 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
381 1.1 skrll {
382 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
383 1.1 skrll
384 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
385 1.1 skrll {
386 1.1 skrll if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
387 1.1 skrll return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
388 1.1 skrll }
389 1.1 skrll
390 1.1 skrll return NULL;
391 1.1 skrll }
392 1.1 skrll
393 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
394 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
395 1.1 skrll {
396 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
397 1.1 skrll
398 1.1 skrll if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
399 1.1 skrll {
400 1.1 skrll for (i = 0;
401 1.1 skrll i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
402 1.1 skrll / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
403 1.1 skrll i++)
404 1.1 skrll if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
405 1.1 skrll && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
406 1.1 skrll return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
407 1.1 skrll }
408 1.1 skrll else
409 1.1 skrll {
410 1.1 skrll for (i = 0;
411 1.1 skrll i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
412 1.1 skrll / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
413 1.1 skrll i++)
414 1.1 skrll if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
415 1.1 skrll && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
416 1.1 skrll return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
417 1.1 skrll }
418 1.1 skrll
419 1.1 skrll return NULL;
420 1.1 skrll }
421 1.1 skrll
422 1.1.1.9 christos /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
423 1.1 skrll
424 1.1 skrll static bool
425 1.1 skrll sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
426 1.1 skrll {
427 1.1 skrll unsigned int r;
428 1.1 skrll
429 1.1.1.9 christos r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
430 1.1.1.4 christos
431 1.1.1.4 christos if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
432 1.1.1.4 christos || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
433 1.1.1.4 christos || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
434 1.1.1.9 christos || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
435 1.1.1.4 christos || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
436 1.1.1.6 christos || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
437 1.1.1.7 christos {
438 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
439 1.1.1.4 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
440 1.1.1.9 christos abfd, r);
441 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
442 1.1 skrll return false;
443 1.1 skrll }
444 1.1.1.9 christos
445 1.1 skrll cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
446 1.1 skrll return true;
447 1.1 skrll }
448 1.1 skrll
449 1.1 skrll /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
451 1.1 skrll function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
452 1.1 skrll There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
453 1.1 skrll specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
454 1.1 skrll into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
455 1.1 skrll could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
456 1.1 skrll functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
457 1.1.1.9 christos values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
458 1.1 skrll they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
459 1.1.1.9 christos
460 1.1 skrll static bool
461 1.1 skrll sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
462 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
463 1.1.1.9 christos {
464 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
465 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
466 1.1 skrll bool have_code;
467 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
468 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
469 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
470 1.1.1.4 christos
471 1.1.1.10 christos *again = false;
472 1.1 skrll
473 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
474 1.1.1.9 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
475 1.1 skrll || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
476 1.1 skrll || sec->reloc_count == 0)
477 1.1 skrll return true;
478 1.1 skrll
479 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
480 1.1 skrll
481 1.1 skrll internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
482 1.1 skrll (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
483 1.1 skrll link_info->keep_memory));
484 1.1.1.9 christos if (internal_relocs == NULL)
485 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
486 1.1 skrll
487 1.1 skrll have_code = false;
488 1.1 skrll
489 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
490 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
491 1.1 skrll {
492 1.1 skrll bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
493 1.1 skrll unsigned short insn;
494 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
495 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_signed_vma foff;
496 1.1 skrll
497 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
498 1.1 skrll have_code = true;
499 1.1 skrll
500 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
501 1.1 skrll continue;
502 1.1 skrll
503 1.1 skrll /* Get the section contents. */
504 1.1 skrll if (contents == NULL)
505 1.1 skrll {
506 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
507 1.1 skrll contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
508 1.1 skrll else
509 1.1 skrll {
510 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
511 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
512 1.1 skrll }
513 1.1 skrll }
514 1.1 skrll
515 1.1 skrll /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
516 1.1 skrll the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
517 1.1 skrll computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
518 1.1 skrll from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
519 1.1.1.6 christos laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
520 1.1.1.7 christos if (laddr >= sec->size)
521 1.1.1.7 christos {
522 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
523 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
524 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
525 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
526 1.1 skrll continue;
527 1.1 skrll }
528 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
529 1.1 skrll
530 1.1 skrll /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
531 1.1.1.6 christos do. */
532 1.1.1.6 christos if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
533 1.1.1.7 christos {
534 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
535 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
536 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
537 1.1 skrll "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
538 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
539 1.1 skrll continue;
540 1.1 skrll }
541 1.1 skrll
542 1.1 skrll /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
543 1.1 skrll displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
544 1.1 skrll displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
545 1.1 skrll before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
546 1.1 skrll of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
547 1.1 skrll on a four byte boundary. */
548 1.1 skrll paddr = insn & 0xff;
549 1.1 skrll paddr *= 4;
550 1.1.1.6 christos paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
551 1.1.1.6 christos if (paddr >= sec->size)
552 1.1.1.7 christos {
553 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
554 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
555 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
556 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
557 1.1 skrll continue;
558 1.1 skrll }
559 1.1 skrll
560 1.1 skrll /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
561 1.1 skrll being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
562 1.1 skrll actually being called. */
563 1.1 skrll for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
564 1.1 skrll if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
565 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
566 1.1.1.6 christos break;
567 1.1.1.6 christos if (irelfn >= irelend)
568 1.1.1.7 christos {
569 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
570 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
571 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
572 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
573 1.1 skrll continue;
574 1.1 skrll }
575 1.1 skrll
576 1.1 skrll /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
577 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
578 1.1 skrll {
579 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
580 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
581 1.1 skrll isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
582 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
583 1.1 skrll NULL, NULL, NULL);
584 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
585 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
586 1.1 skrll }
587 1.1 skrll
588 1.1 skrll /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
589 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
590 1.1 skrll {
591 1.1 skrll /* A local symbol. */
592 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
593 1.1 skrll
594 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
595 1.1.1.6 christos if (isym->st_shndx
596 1.1.1.6 christos != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
597 1.1.1.7 christos {
598 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
599 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
600 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
601 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
602 1.1 skrll continue;
603 1.1 skrll }
604 1.1 skrll
605 1.1 skrll symval = (isym->st_value
606 1.1 skrll + sec->output_section->vma
607 1.1 skrll + sec->output_offset);
608 1.1 skrll }
609 1.1 skrll else
610 1.1 skrll {
611 1.1 skrll unsigned long indx;
612 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
613 1.1 skrll
614 1.1 skrll indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
615 1.1 skrll h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
616 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
617 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
618 1.1 skrll && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
619 1.1 skrll {
620 1.1 skrll /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
621 1.1 skrll symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
622 1.1 skrll regular reloc processing. */
623 1.1 skrll continue;
624 1.1 skrll }
625 1.1 skrll
626 1.1 skrll symval = (h->root.u.def.value
627 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
628 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
629 1.1 skrll }
630 1.1 skrll
631 1.1 skrll if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
632 1.1 skrll symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
633 1.1 skrll else
634 1.1 skrll symval += irelfn->r_addend;
635 1.1 skrll
636 1.1 skrll /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
637 1.1 skrll foff = (symval
638 1.1 skrll - (irel->r_offset
639 1.1 skrll + sec->output_section->vma
640 1.1 skrll + sec->output_offset
641 1.1 skrll + 4));
642 1.1 skrll /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
643 1.1 skrll .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
644 1.1 skrll So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
645 1.1 skrll that. */
646 1.1 skrll if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
647 1.1 skrll {
648 1.1 skrll /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
649 1.1 skrll continue;
650 1.1 skrll }
651 1.1 skrll
652 1.1 skrll /* Shorten the function call. */
653 1.1 skrll
654 1.1 skrll /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
655 1.1 skrll contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
656 1.1 skrll must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
657 1.1 skrll information. It would be possible to instead create a table
658 1.1 skrll of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
659 1.1 skrll that would be more work, but would require less memory when
660 1.1 skrll the linker is run. */
661 1.1 skrll
662 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
663 1.1.1.4 christos elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
664 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
665 1.1 skrll
666 1.1.1.4 christos /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
667 1.1 skrll
668 1.1 skrll /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
669 1.1 skrll replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
670 1.1 skrll irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
671 1.1 skrll /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
672 1.1 skrll here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
673 1.1 skrll not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
674 1.1 skrll a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
675 1.1 skrll the value of the symbol is not available. */
676 1.1 skrll
677 1.1.1.4 christos /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
678 1.1.1.4 christos symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
679 1.1.1.4 christos the final link phase handle it. */
680 1.1.1.4 christos if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
681 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
682 1.1 skrll else
683 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
684 1.1 skrll
685 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend = -4;
686 1.1 skrll
687 1.1 skrll /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
688 1.1 skrll DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
689 1.1 skrll the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
690 1.1 skrll have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
691 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
692 1.1 skrll
693 1.1 skrll /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
694 1.1 skrll register load. */
695 1.1 skrll for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
696 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
697 1.1 skrll && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
698 1.1 skrll break;
699 1.1 skrll if (irelscan < irelend)
700 1.1 skrll {
701 1.1 skrll /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
702 1.1 skrll and we have not yet converted that function call.
703 1.1 skrll Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
704 1.1 skrll nothing else we can do at this point. */
705 1.1 skrll continue;
706 1.1 skrll }
707 1.1 skrll
708 1.1 skrll /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
709 1.1 skrll function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
710 1.1 skrll bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
711 1.1 skrll for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
712 1.1 skrll if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
713 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
714 1.1 skrll break;
715 1.1 skrll
716 1.1 skrll /* Delete the register load. */
717 1.1 skrll if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
718 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
719 1.1 skrll
720 1.1.1.9 christos /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
721 1.1 skrll other function call to come within range, we should relax
722 1.1 skrll again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
723 1.1 skrll *again = true;
724 1.1 skrll
725 1.1.1.6 christos /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
726 1.1.1.6 christos if (irelcount >= irelend)
727 1.1.1.7 christos {
728 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
729 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
730 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
731 1.1 skrll "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
732 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
733 1.1 skrll continue;
734 1.1 skrll }
735 1.1 skrll
736 1.1 skrll /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
737 1.1.1.6 christos just deleted one. */
738 1.1.1.7 christos if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
739 1.1.1.7 christos {
740 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
741 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
742 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
743 1.1 skrll continue;
744 1.1 skrll }
745 1.1 skrll
746 1.1 skrll --irelcount->r_addend;
747 1.1 skrll
748 1.1 skrll /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
749 1.1 skrll the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
750 1.1 skrll previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
751 1.1 skrll if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
752 1.1 skrll {
753 1.1 skrll if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
754 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
755 1.1 skrll }
756 1.1 skrll
757 1.1 skrll /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
758 1.1 skrll }
759 1.1 skrll
760 1.1 skrll /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
761 1.1 skrll byte boundaries. */
762 1.1.1.9 christos if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
763 1.1 skrll && have_code)
764 1.1 skrll {
765 1.1 skrll bool swapped;
766 1.1 skrll
767 1.1 skrll /* Get the section contents. */
768 1.1 skrll if (contents == NULL)
769 1.1 skrll {
770 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
771 1.1 skrll contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
772 1.1 skrll else
773 1.1 skrll {
774 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
775 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
776 1.1 skrll }
777 1.1 skrll }
778 1.1 skrll
779 1.1 skrll if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
780 1.1 skrll &swapped))
781 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
782 1.1 skrll
783 1.1 skrll if (swapped)
784 1.1 skrll {
785 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
786 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
787 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
788 1.1 skrll }
789 1.1 skrll }
790 1.1 skrll
791 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL
792 1.1 skrll && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
793 1.1 skrll {
794 1.1 skrll if (! link_info->keep_memory)
795 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
796 1.1 skrll else
797 1.1 skrll {
798 1.1 skrll /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
799 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
800 1.1 skrll }
801 1.1 skrll }
802 1.1 skrll
803 1.1 skrll if (contents != NULL
804 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
805 1.1 skrll {
806 1.1 skrll if (! link_info->keep_memory)
807 1.1 skrll free (contents);
808 1.1 skrll else
809 1.1 skrll {
810 1.1 skrll /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
811 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
812 1.1.1.9 christos }
813 1.1 skrll }
814 1.1 skrll
815 1.1.1.9 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
816 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
817 1.1 skrll
818 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
819 1.1 skrll
820 1.1.1.9 christos error_return:
821 1.1 skrll if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
822 1.1.1.9 christos free (isymbuf);
823 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
824 1.1 skrll free (contents);
825 1.1.1.9 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
826 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
827 1.1 skrll
828 1.1 skrll return false;
829 1.1 skrll }
830 1.1 skrll
831 1.1 skrll /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
832 1.1.1.9 christos lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
833 1.1 skrll in coff-sh.c. */
834 1.1 skrll
835 1.1 skrll static bool
836 1.1 skrll sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
837 1.1 skrll int count)
838 1.1 skrll {
839 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
840 1.1 skrll unsigned int sec_shndx;
841 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *contents;
842 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
843 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
844 1.1 skrll bfd_vma toaddr;
845 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
846 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
847 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
848 1.1 skrll unsigned int symcount;
849 1.1 skrll asection *o;
850 1.1 skrll
851 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
852 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
853 1.1 skrll
854 1.1 skrll sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
855 1.1.1.6 christos
856 1.1 skrll contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
857 1.1 skrll
858 1.1 skrll /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
859 1.1 skrll power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
860 1.1 skrll
861 1.1 skrll irelalign = NULL;
862 1.1 skrll toaddr = sec->size;
863 1.1 skrll
864 1.1 skrll irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
865 1.1 skrll irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
866 1.1 skrll for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
867 1.1 skrll {
868 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
869 1.1 skrll && irel->r_offset > addr
870 1.1 skrll && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
871 1.1 skrll {
872 1.1 skrll irelalign = irel;
873 1.1 skrll toaddr = irel->r_offset;
874 1.1 skrll break;
875 1.1 skrll }
876 1.1 skrll }
877 1.1 skrll
878 1.1 skrll /* Actually delete the bytes. */
879 1.1 skrll memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
880 1.1 skrll (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
881 1.1 skrll if (irelalign == NULL)
882 1.1 skrll sec->size -= count;
883 1.1 skrll else
884 1.1 skrll {
885 1.1 skrll int i;
886 1.1 skrll
887 1.1 skrll #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
888 1.1 skrll
889 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
890 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
891 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
892 1.1 skrll }
893 1.1 skrll
894 1.1 skrll /* Adjust all the relocs. */
895 1.1 skrll for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
896 1.1 skrll {
897 1.1 skrll bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
898 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start = 0;
899 1.1.1.9 christos int insn = 0;
900 1.1 skrll int off, adjust, oinsn;
901 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
902 1.1 skrll bool overflow;
903 1.1 skrll
904 1.1 skrll /* Get the new reloc address. */
905 1.1 skrll nraddr = irel->r_offset;
906 1.1 skrll if ((irel->r_offset > addr
907 1.1 skrll && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
908 1.1 skrll || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
909 1.1 skrll && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
910 1.1 skrll nraddr -= count;
911 1.1 skrll
912 1.1 skrll /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
913 1.1 skrll case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
914 1.1 skrll represent addresses, though. */
915 1.1 skrll if (irel->r_offset >= addr
916 1.1 skrll && irel->r_offset < addr + count
917 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
918 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
919 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
920 1.1 skrll && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
921 1.1 skrll irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
922 1.1 skrll (int) R_SH_NONE);
923 1.1 skrll
924 1.1 skrll /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
925 1.1 skrll includes the bytes we have deleted. */
926 1.1 skrll switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
927 1.1 skrll {
928 1.1 skrll default:
929 1.1 skrll break;
930 1.1 skrll
931 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
932 1.1 skrll case R_SH_IND12W:
933 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
934 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
935 1.1 skrll start = irel->r_offset;
936 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
937 1.1 skrll break;
938 1.1 skrll }
939 1.1 skrll
940 1.1 skrll switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
941 1.1 skrll {
942 1.1 skrll default:
943 1.1 skrll start = stop = addr;
944 1.1 skrll break;
945 1.1 skrll
946 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR32:
947 1.1 skrll /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
948 1.1 skrll section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
949 1.1 skrll must check the addend to see it will put the value in
950 1.1 skrll range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
951 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
952 1.1 skrll {
953 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
954 1.1 skrll if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
955 1.1 skrll && (isym->st_value <= addr
956 1.1 skrll || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
957 1.1 skrll {
958 1.1 skrll bfd_vma val;
959 1.1 skrll
960 1.1 skrll if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
961 1.1 skrll {
962 1.1 skrll val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
963 1.1 skrll val += isym->st_value;
964 1.1 skrll if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
965 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
966 1.1 skrll }
967 1.1 skrll else
968 1.1 skrll {
969 1.1 skrll val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
970 1.1 skrll if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
971 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend -= count;
972 1.1 skrll }
973 1.1 skrll }
974 1.1 skrll }
975 1.1 skrll start = stop = addr;
976 1.1 skrll break;
977 1.1 skrll
978 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
979 1.1 skrll off = insn & 0xff;
980 1.1 skrll if (off & 0x80)
981 1.1 skrll off -= 0x100;
982 1.1 skrll stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
983 1.1 skrll break;
984 1.1 skrll
985 1.1 skrll case R_SH_IND12W:
986 1.1 skrll off = insn & 0xfff;
987 1.1 skrll if (! off)
988 1.1 skrll {
989 1.1 skrll /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
990 1.1 skrll relocation will be against an external symbol, the
991 1.1 skrll final relocation will just do the right thing. */
992 1.1 skrll start = stop = addr;
993 1.1 skrll }
994 1.1 skrll else
995 1.1 skrll {
996 1.1 skrll if (off & 0x800)
997 1.1 skrll off -= 0x1000;
998 1.1 skrll stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
999 1.1 skrll
1000 1.1 skrll /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1001 1.1 skrll for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1002 1.1 skrll start of the section.
1003 1.1 skrll N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1004 1.1 skrll test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1005 1.1 skrll account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1006 1.1 skrll if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1007 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend -= count;
1008 1.1 skrll }
1009 1.1 skrll break;
1010 1.1 skrll
1011 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1012 1.1 skrll off = insn & 0xff;
1013 1.1 skrll stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1014 1.1 skrll break;
1015 1.1 skrll
1016 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1017 1.1 skrll off = insn & 0xff;
1018 1.1 skrll stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1019 1.1 skrll break;
1020 1.1 skrll
1021 1.1 skrll case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1022 1.1 skrll case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1023 1.1 skrll case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1024 1.1 skrll /* These relocs types represent
1025 1.1 skrll .word L2-L1
1026 1.1 skrll The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1027 1.1 skrll address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1028 1.1 skrll adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1029 1.1 skrll both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1030 1.1 skrll N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1031 1.1 skrll and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1032 1.1 skrll
1033 1.1 skrll stop = irel->r_offset;
1034 1.1 skrll start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1035 1.1 skrll
1036 1.1 skrll if (start > addr
1037 1.1 skrll && start < toaddr
1038 1.1 skrll && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1039 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend += count;
1040 1.1 skrll else if (stop > addr
1041 1.1 skrll && stop < toaddr
1042 1.1 skrll && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1043 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend -= count;
1044 1.1 skrll
1045 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1046 1.1 skrll voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1047 1.1 skrll else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1048 1.1 skrll voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1049 1.1 skrll else
1050 1.1 skrll voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1051 1.1 skrll stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1052 1.1 skrll
1053 1.1 skrll break;
1054 1.1 skrll
1055 1.1 skrll case R_SH_USES:
1056 1.1 skrll start = irel->r_offset;
1057 1.1 skrll stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1058 1.1 skrll + (long) irel->r_addend
1059 1.1 skrll + 4);
1060 1.1 skrll break;
1061 1.1 skrll }
1062 1.1 skrll
1063 1.1 skrll if (start > addr
1064 1.1 skrll && start < toaddr
1065 1.1 skrll && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1066 1.1 skrll adjust = count;
1067 1.1 skrll else if (stop > addr
1068 1.1 skrll && stop < toaddr
1069 1.1 skrll && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1070 1.1 skrll adjust = - count;
1071 1.1 skrll else
1072 1.1 skrll adjust = 0;
1073 1.1 skrll
1074 1.1.1.9 christos if (adjust != 0)
1075 1.1 skrll {
1076 1.1 skrll oinsn = insn;
1077 1.1 skrll overflow = false;
1078 1.1 skrll switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1079 1.1 skrll {
1080 1.1 skrll default:
1081 1.1 skrll abort ();
1082 1.1 skrll break;
1083 1.1 skrll
1084 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1085 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1086 1.1 skrll insn += adjust / 2;
1087 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1088 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1089 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1090 1.1 skrll break;
1091 1.1 skrll
1092 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_IND12W:
1093 1.1 skrll insn += adjust / 2;
1094 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1095 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1096 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1097 1.1 skrll break;
1098 1.1 skrll
1099 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1100 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1101 1.1 skrll if (count >= 4)
1102 1.1 skrll insn += adjust / 4;
1103 1.1 skrll else
1104 1.1 skrll {
1105 1.1 skrll if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1106 1.1.1.9 christos ++insn;
1107 1.1 skrll }
1108 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1109 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1110 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1111 1.1 skrll break;
1112 1.1 skrll
1113 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1114 1.1 skrll voff += adjust;
1115 1.1 skrll if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1116 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1117 1.1 skrll bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1118 1.1 skrll break;
1119 1.1 skrll
1120 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1121 1.1 skrll voff += adjust;
1122 1.1 skrll if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1123 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1124 1.1 skrll bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1125 1.1 skrll break;
1126 1.1 skrll
1127 1.1 skrll case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1128 1.1 skrll voff += adjust;
1129 1.1 skrll bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1130 1.1 skrll break;
1131 1.1 skrll
1132 1.1 skrll case R_SH_USES:
1133 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend += adjust;
1134 1.1 skrll break;
1135 1.1 skrll }
1136 1.1.1.6 christos
1137 1.1.1.6 christos if (overflow)
1138 1.1.1.7 christos {
1139 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
1140 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
1141 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1142 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1143 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1144 1.1 skrll return false;
1145 1.1 skrll }
1146 1.1 skrll }
1147 1.1 skrll
1148 1.1 skrll irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1149 1.1 skrll }
1150 1.1 skrll
1151 1.1 skrll /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1152 1.1 skrll relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1153 1.1 skrll below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1154 1.1 skrll for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1155 1.1 skrll {
1156 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1157 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1158 1.1.1.10 christos bfd_byte *ocontents;
1159 1.1 skrll
1160 1.1 skrll if (o == sec
1161 1.1 skrll || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
1162 1.1 skrll || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1163 1.1 skrll || o->reloc_count == 0)
1164 1.1 skrll continue;
1165 1.1 skrll
1166 1.1 skrll /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1167 1.1.1.9 christos FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1168 1.1 skrll leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1169 1.1.1.9 christos internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1170 1.1 skrll (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
1171 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1172 1.1 skrll return false;
1173 1.1 skrll
1174 1.1 skrll ocontents = NULL;
1175 1.1 skrll irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1176 1.1 skrll for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1177 1.1 skrll {
1178 1.1 skrll /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1179 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1180 1.1 skrll {
1181 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start, stop;
1182 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma voff;
1183 1.1 skrll
1184 1.1 skrll if (ocontents == NULL)
1185 1.1 skrll {
1186 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1187 1.1 skrll ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1188 1.1 skrll else
1189 1.1 skrll {
1190 1.1 skrll /* We always cache the section contents.
1191 1.1 skrll Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1192 1.1 skrll should free them, if we are permitted to,
1193 1.1.1.9 christos when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1194 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1195 1.1 skrll {
1196 1.1 skrll free (ocontents);
1197 1.1 skrll return false;
1198 1.1 skrll }
1199 1.1 skrll
1200 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1201 1.1 skrll }
1202 1.1 skrll }
1203 1.1 skrll
1204 1.1 skrll stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1205 1.1 skrll start
1206 1.1 skrll = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1207 1.1 skrll
1208 1.1 skrll /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1209 1.1 skrll if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1210 1.1 skrll irelscan->r_addend += count;
1211 1.1 skrll
1212 1.1 skrll voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1213 1.1 skrll stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1214 1.1 skrll
1215 1.1 skrll if (start > addr
1216 1.1 skrll && start < toaddr
1217 1.1 skrll && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1218 1.1 skrll bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1219 1.1 skrll ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1220 1.1 skrll else if (stop > addr
1221 1.1 skrll && stop < toaddr
1222 1.1 skrll && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1223 1.1 skrll bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1224 1.1 skrll ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1225 1.1 skrll }
1226 1.1 skrll
1227 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1228 1.1 skrll continue;
1229 1.1 skrll
1230 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1231 1.1 skrll continue;
1232 1.1 skrll
1233 1.1 skrll
1234 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1235 1.1 skrll if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1236 1.1 skrll && (isym->st_value <= addr
1237 1.1 skrll || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1238 1.1 skrll {
1239 1.1 skrll bfd_vma val;
1240 1.1 skrll
1241 1.1 skrll if (ocontents == NULL)
1242 1.1 skrll {
1243 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1244 1.1 skrll ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1245 1.1 skrll else
1246 1.1 skrll {
1247 1.1 skrll /* We always cache the section contents.
1248 1.1 skrll Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1249 1.1 skrll should free them, if we are permitted to,
1250 1.1.1.9 christos when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1251 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1252 1.1 skrll {
1253 1.1 skrll free (ocontents);
1254 1.1 skrll return false;
1255 1.1 skrll }
1256 1.1 skrll
1257 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1258 1.1 skrll }
1259 1.1 skrll }
1260 1.1 skrll
1261 1.1 skrll val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1262 1.1 skrll val += isym->st_value;
1263 1.1 skrll if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1264 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1265 1.1 skrll ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1266 1.1 skrll }
1267 1.1 skrll }
1268 1.1 skrll }
1269 1.1 skrll
1270 1.1 skrll /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1271 1.1 skrll isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1272 1.1 skrll for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1273 1.1 skrll {
1274 1.1 skrll if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1275 1.1 skrll && isym->st_value > addr
1276 1.1 skrll && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1277 1.1 skrll isym->st_value -= count;
1278 1.1 skrll }
1279 1.1 skrll
1280 1.1 skrll /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1281 1.1 skrll symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1282 1.1 skrll - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1283 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1284 1.1 skrll end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1285 1.1 skrll for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1286 1.1 skrll {
1287 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1288 1.1 skrll if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1289 1.1 skrll || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1290 1.1 skrll && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1291 1.1 skrll && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1292 1.1 skrll && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1293 1.1 skrll {
1294 1.1 skrll sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1295 1.1 skrll }
1296 1.1 skrll }
1297 1.1 skrll
1298 1.1 skrll /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1299 1.1 skrll r_offset for it already. */
1300 1.1 skrll if (irelalign != NULL)
1301 1.1 skrll {
1302 1.1 skrll bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1303 1.1 skrll
1304 1.1 skrll alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1305 1.1 skrll alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1306 1.1 skrll 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1307 1.1 skrll if (alignto != alignaddr)
1308 1.1 skrll {
1309 1.1 skrll /* Tail recursion. */
1310 1.1 skrll return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1311 1.1 skrll (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1312 1.1.1.9 christos }
1313 1.1 skrll }
1314 1.1 skrll
1315 1.1 skrll return true;
1316 1.1 skrll }
1317 1.1 skrll
1318 1.1.1.9 christos /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1319 1.1 skrll boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1320 1.1 skrll
1321 1.1 skrll static bool
1322 1.1.1.9 christos sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1323 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1324 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1325 1.1 skrll bool *pswapped)
1326 1.1 skrll {
1327 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1328 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1329 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1330 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt;
1331 1.1 skrll
1332 1.1 skrll *pswapped = false;
1333 1.1 skrll
1334 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1335 1.1 skrll
1336 1.1 skrll /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1337 1.1 skrll amt = sec->reloc_count;
1338 1.1 skrll amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1339 1.1 skrll labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1340 1.1 skrll if (labels == NULL)
1341 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
1342 1.1 skrll label_end = labels;
1343 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1344 1.1 skrll {
1345 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1346 1.1 skrll {
1347 1.1 skrll *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1348 1.1 skrll ++label_end;
1349 1.1 skrll }
1350 1.1 skrll }
1351 1.1 skrll
1352 1.1 skrll /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1353 1.1 skrll address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1354 1.1 skrll the label values and the relocs. */
1355 1.1 skrll
1356 1.1 skrll label = labels;
1357 1.1 skrll
1358 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1359 1.1 skrll {
1360 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start, stop;
1361 1.1 skrll
1362 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1363 1.1 skrll continue;
1364 1.1 skrll
1365 1.1 skrll start = irel->r_offset;
1366 1.1 skrll
1367 1.1 skrll for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1368 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1369 1.1 skrll break;
1370 1.1 skrll if (irel < irelend)
1371 1.1 skrll stop = irel->r_offset;
1372 1.1 skrll else
1373 1.1 skrll stop = sec->size;
1374 1.1 skrll
1375 1.1 skrll if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1376 1.1 skrll internal_relocs, &label,
1377 1.1 skrll label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1378 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
1379 1.1 skrll }
1380 1.1.1.9 christos
1381 1.1 skrll free (labels);
1382 1.1 skrll
1383 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
1384 1.1.1.9 christos
1385 1.1 skrll error_return:
1386 1.1 skrll free (labels);
1387 1.1 skrll return false;
1388 1.1 skrll }
1389 1.1.1.9 christos
1390 1.1 skrll /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1391 1.1 skrll
1392 1.1 skrll static bool
1393 1.1 skrll sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1394 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1395 1.1 skrll {
1396 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1397 1.1 skrll unsigned short i1, i2;
1398 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1399 1.1 skrll
1400 1.1 skrll /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1401 1.1 skrll i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1402 1.1 skrll i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1403 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1404 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1405 1.1 skrll
1406 1.1 skrll /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1407 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1408 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1409 1.1 skrll {
1410 1.1 skrll enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1411 1.1 skrll int add;
1412 1.1 skrll
1413 1.1 skrll /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1414 1.1 skrll adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1415 1.1 skrll but are only associated with the address. */
1416 1.1 skrll type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1417 1.1 skrll if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1418 1.1 skrll || type == R_SH_CODE
1419 1.1 skrll || type == R_SH_DATA
1420 1.1 skrll || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1421 1.1 skrll continue;
1422 1.1 skrll
1423 1.1 skrll /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1424 1.1 skrll swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1425 1.1 skrll for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1426 1.1 skrll instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1427 1.1 skrll around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1428 1.1 skrll instruction it shouldn't). */
1429 1.1 skrll if (type == R_SH_USES)
1430 1.1 skrll {
1431 1.1 skrll bfd_vma off;
1432 1.1.1.11 christos
1433 1.1 skrll off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1434 1.1.1.11 christos if (off == addr)
1435 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend += 2;
1436 1.1 skrll else if (off == addr + 2)
1437 1.1 skrll irel->r_addend -= 2;
1438 1.1 skrll }
1439 1.1 skrll
1440 1.1 skrll if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1441 1.1 skrll {
1442 1.1 skrll irel->r_offset += 2;
1443 1.1 skrll add = -2;
1444 1.1 skrll }
1445 1.1 skrll else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1446 1.1 skrll {
1447 1.1 skrll irel->r_offset -= 2;
1448 1.1 skrll add = 2;
1449 1.1 skrll }
1450 1.1 skrll else
1451 1.1 skrll add = 0;
1452 1.1 skrll
1453 1.1 skrll if (add != 0)
1454 1.1.1.9 christos {
1455 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
1456 1.1 skrll unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1457 1.1.1.9 christos bool overflow;
1458 1.1 skrll
1459 1.1 skrll loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1460 1.1 skrll overflow = false;
1461 1.1 skrll switch (type)
1462 1.1 skrll {
1463 1.1 skrll default:
1464 1.1 skrll break;
1465 1.1 skrll
1466 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1467 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1468 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1469 1.1.1.9 christos oinsn = insn;
1470 1.1 skrll insn += add / 2;
1471 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1472 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1473 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1474 1.1 skrll break;
1475 1.1 skrll
1476 1.1 skrll case R_SH_IND12W:
1477 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1478 1.1.1.9 christos oinsn = insn;
1479 1.1 skrll insn += add / 2;
1480 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1481 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1482 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1483 1.1 skrll break;
1484 1.1 skrll
1485 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1486 1.1 skrll /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1487 1.1 skrll the program counter before adding in the offset.
1488 1.1 skrll This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1489 1.1 skrll swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1490 1.1 skrll odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1491 1.1 skrll four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1492 1.1 skrll if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1493 1.1 skrll {
1494 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1495 1.1.1.9 christos oinsn = insn;
1496 1.1 skrll insn += add / 2;
1497 1.1 skrll if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1498 1.1 skrll overflow = true;
1499 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1500 1.1 skrll }
1501 1.1 skrll
1502 1.1 skrll break;
1503 1.1 skrll }
1504 1.1.1.6 christos
1505 1.1.1.6 christos if (overflow)
1506 1.1.1.7 christos {
1507 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
1508 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
1509 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1510 1.1 skrll abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1511 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1512 1.1 skrll return false;
1513 1.1 skrll }
1514 1.1.1.9 christos }
1515 1.1 skrll }
1516 1.1 skrll
1517 1.1 skrll return true;
1518 1.1 skrll }
1519 1.1 skrll
1520 1.1 skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1522 1.1 skrll
1523 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_plt_info
1524 1.1 skrll {
1525 1.1 skrll /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1526 1.1 skrll first entry. */
1527 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1528 1.1 skrll
1529 1.1 skrll /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1530 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1531 1.1 skrll
1532 1.1 skrll /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1533 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1534 1.1 skrll if there is no such pointer. */
1535 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1536 1.1 skrll
1537 1.1 skrll /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1538 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1539 1.1 skrll
1540 1.1 skrll /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1541 1.1 skrll bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1542 1.1 skrll
1543 1.1 skrll /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1544 1.1 skrll on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1545 1.1 skrll that the field must hold. */
1546 1.1.1.9 christos struct {
1547 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1548 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1549 1.1 skrll bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1550 1.1 skrll bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
1551 1.1 skrll (instead of a constant pool entry). */
1552 1.1.1.2 christos } symbol_fields;
1553 1.1.1.2 christos
1554 1.1.1.2 christos /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1555 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1556 1.1.1.2 christos
1557 1.1 skrll /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1558 1.1 skrll MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1559 1.1 skrll other cases. */
1560 1.1 skrll const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1561 1.1 skrll };
1562 1.1 skrll
1563 1.1 skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1564 1.1 skrll
1565 1.1 skrll #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1566 1.1 skrll
1567 1.1 skrll /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1568 1.1 skrll
1569 1.1 skrll /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1570 1.1 skrll GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1571 1.1 skrll corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1572 1.1 skrll to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1573 1.1 skrll and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1574 1.1 skrll ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1575 1.1 skrll since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1576 1.1 skrll greater than or equal to 12. */
1577 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1578 1.1 skrll {
1579 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1580 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1581 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1582 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1583 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1584 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1585 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1586 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1587 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1588 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1589 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1590 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1591 1.1 skrll };
1592 1.1 skrll
1593 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1594 1.1 skrll {
1595 1.1 skrll 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1596 1.1 skrll 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1597 1.1 skrll 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1598 1.1 skrll 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1599 1.1 skrll 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1600 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1601 1.1 skrll 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1602 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1603 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1604 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1605 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1606 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1607 1.1 skrll };
1608 1.1 skrll
1609 1.1 skrll /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1610 1.1 skrll this. */
1611 1.1 skrll
1612 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613 1.1 skrll {
1614 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1615 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1616 1.1 skrll 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1617 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1618 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1619 1.1 skrll 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1620 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1621 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1622 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1623 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1624 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1625 1.1 skrll };
1626 1.1 skrll
1627 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1628 1.1 skrll {
1629 1.1 skrll 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1630 1.1 skrll 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1631 1.1 skrll 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1632 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1633 1.1 skrll 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1634 1.1 skrll 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1635 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1636 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1637 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1638 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1639 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1640 1.1 skrll };
1641 1.1 skrll
1642 1.1 skrll /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1643 1.1 skrll
1644 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1645 1.1 skrll {
1646 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1647 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1648 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1649 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1650 1.1 skrll 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1651 1.1 skrll 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1652 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1653 1.1 skrll 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1654 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1655 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1656 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1657 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1658 1.1 skrll };
1659 1.1 skrll
1660 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1661 1.1 skrll {
1662 1.1 skrll 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1663 1.1 skrll 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1664 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1665 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1666 1.1 skrll 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1667 1.1 skrll 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1668 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1669 1.1 skrll 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1670 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1671 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1672 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1673 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1674 1.1 skrll };
1675 1.1 skrll
1676 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1677 1.1 skrll {
1678 1.1 skrll {
1679 1.1 skrll /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1680 1.1 skrll elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1681 1.1.1.9 christos ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1682 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1683 1.1.1.2 christos elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1684 1.1 skrll ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1685 1.1 skrll { 20, 16, 24, false },
1686 1.1 skrll 8,
1687 1.1 skrll NULL
1688 1.1 skrll },
1689 1.1 skrll {
1690 1.1 skrll /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1691 1.1 skrll elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1692 1.1.1.9 christos ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1693 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1694 1.1.1.2 christos elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1695 1.1 skrll ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1696 1.1 skrll { 20, 16, 24, false },
1697 1.1 skrll 8,
1698 1.1 skrll NULL
1699 1.1 skrll },
1700 1.1 skrll },
1701 1.1 skrll {
1702 1.1 skrll {
1703 1.1 skrll /* Big-endian PIC. */
1704 1.1 skrll elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1705 1.1.1.9 christos ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1706 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1707 1.1.1.2 christos elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1708 1.1 skrll ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1709 1.1 skrll { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1710 1.1 skrll 8,
1711 1.1 skrll NULL
1712 1.1 skrll },
1713 1.1 skrll {
1714 1.1 skrll /* Little-endian PIC. */
1715 1.1 skrll elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1716 1.1.1.9 christos ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1717 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1718 1.1.1.2 christos elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1719 1.1 skrll ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1720 1.1 skrll { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1721 1.1 skrll 8,
1722 1.1 skrll NULL
1723 1.1 skrll },
1724 1.1 skrll }
1725 1.1 skrll };
1726 1.1 skrll
1727 1.1 skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1728 1.1 skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1729 1.1 skrll
1730 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1731 1.1 skrll {
1732 1.1 skrll 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1733 1.1 skrll 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1734 1.1 skrll 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1735 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1736 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1737 1.1 skrll };
1738 1.1 skrll
1739 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1740 1.1 skrll {
1741 1.1 skrll 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1742 1.1 skrll 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1743 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1744 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1745 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1746 1.1 skrll };
1747 1.1 skrll
1748 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1749 1.1 skrll {
1750 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1751 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1752 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1753 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1754 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1755 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1756 1.1 skrll 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
1757 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1758 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1759 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1760 1.1 skrll };
1761 1.1 skrll
1762 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1763 1.1 skrll {
1764 1.1 skrll 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1765 1.1 skrll 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1766 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1767 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1768 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1769 1.1 skrll 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1770 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
1771 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1772 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1773 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1774 1.1 skrll };
1775 1.1 skrll
1776 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1777 1.1 skrll {
1778 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1779 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1780 1.1 skrll 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1781 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1782 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
1783 1.1 skrll 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1784 1.1 skrll 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1785 1.1 skrll 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1786 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1787 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1788 1.1 skrll };
1789 1.1 skrll
1790 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1791 1.1 skrll {
1792 1.1 skrll 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1793 1.1 skrll 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1794 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1795 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1796 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
1797 1.1 skrll 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1798 1.1 skrll 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1799 1.1 skrll 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1800 1.1 skrll 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1801 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1802 1.1 skrll };
1803 1.1 skrll
1804 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1805 1.1 skrll {
1806 1.1 skrll {
1807 1.1 skrll /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1808 1.1 skrll vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1809 1.1.1.9 christos VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1810 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1811 1.1.1.2 christos vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
1812 1.1 skrll VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1813 1.1 skrll { 8, 14, 20, false },
1814 1.1 skrll 12,
1815 1.1 skrll NULL
1816 1.1 skrll },
1817 1.1 skrll {
1818 1.1 skrll /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1819 1.1 skrll vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1820 1.1.1.9 christos VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1821 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1822 1.1.1.2 christos vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
1823 1.1 skrll VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1824 1.1 skrll { 8, 14, 20, false },
1825 1.1 skrll 12,
1826 1.1 skrll NULL
1827 1.1 skrll },
1828 1.1 skrll },
1829 1.1 skrll {
1830 1.1 skrll {
1831 1.1 skrll /* Big-endian PIC. */
1832 1.1 skrll NULL,
1833 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1834 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1835 1.1.1.2 christos vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1836 1.1 skrll VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1837 1.1 skrll { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1838 1.1 skrll 12,
1839 1.1 skrll NULL
1840 1.1 skrll },
1841 1.1 skrll {
1842 1.1 skrll /* Little-endian PIC. */
1843 1.1 skrll NULL,
1844 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1845 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1846 1.1.1.2 christos vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1847 1.1 skrll VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1848 1.1 skrll { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1849 1.1 skrll 12,
1850 1.1 skrll NULL
1851 1.1.1.2 christos },
1852 1.1.1.2 christos }
1853 1.1.1.2 christos };
1854 1.1.1.2 christos
1855 1.1.1.2 christos /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
1856 1.1.1.2 christos binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
1857 1.1.1.2 christos and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
1858 1.1.1.2 christos cache behavior. */
1859 1.1.1.2 christos
1860 1.1.1.2 christos #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1861 1.1.1.2 christos #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
1862 1.1.1.2 christos
1863 1.1.1.2 christos /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
1864 1.1.1.2 christos duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
1865 1.1.1.2 christos right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
1866 1.1.1.2 christos might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
1867 1.1.1.2 christos stubs separately. */
1868 1.1.1.2 christos
1869 1.1.1.2 christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1870 1.1.1.2 christos {
1871 1.1.1.2 christos 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1872 1.1.1.2 christos 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1873 1.1.1.2 christos 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1874 1.1.1.2 christos 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1875 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1876 1.1.1.2 christos 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1877 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1878 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1879 1.1.1.2 christos 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1880 1.1.1.2 christos 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1881 1.1.1.2 christos 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1882 1.1.1.2 christos 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1883 1.1.1.2 christos };
1884 1.1.1.2 christos
1885 1.1.1.2 christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886 1.1.1.2 christos {
1887 1.1.1.2 christos 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1888 1.1.1.2 christos 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1889 1.1.1.2 christos 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1890 1.1.1.2 christos 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1891 1.1.1.2 christos 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1892 1.1.1.2 christos 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1893 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1894 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1895 1.1.1.2 christos 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1896 1.1.1.2 christos 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1897 1.1.1.2 christos 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1898 1.1.1.2 christos 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1899 1.1.1.2 christos };
1900 1.1.1.2 christos
1901 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
1902 1.1.1.2 christos {
1903 1.1.1.2 christos /* Big-endian PIC. */
1904 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
1905 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1906 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1907 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1908 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1909 1.1.1.2 christos { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1910 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1911 1.1.1.2 christos NULL
1912 1.1.1.2 christos },
1913 1.1.1.2 christos {
1914 1.1.1.2 christos /* Little-endian PIC. */
1915 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
1916 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1917 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1918 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
1919 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1920 1.1.1.2 christos { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1921 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1922 1.1.1.2 christos NULL
1923 1.1.1.2 christos },
1924 1.1.1.2 christos };
1925 1.1.1.2 christos
1926 1.1.1.2 christos /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
1927 1.1.1.2 christos entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
1928 1.1.1.2 christos past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
1929 1.1.1.2 christos but would not be any smaller. */
1930 1.1.1.2 christos
1931 1.1.1.2 christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1932 1.1.1.2 christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
1933 1.1.1.2 christos
1934 1.1.1.2 christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1935 1.1.1.2 christos {
1936 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1937 1.1.1.2 christos 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1938 1.1.1.2 christos 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1939 1.1.1.2 christos 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1940 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1941 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1942 1.1.1.2 christos 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1943 1.1.1.2 christos 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1944 1.1.1.2 christos 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1945 1.1.1.2 christos 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1946 1.1.1.2 christos };
1947 1.1.1.2 christos
1948 1.1.1.2 christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1949 1.1.1.2 christos {
1950 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1951 1.1.1.2 christos 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1952 1.1.1.2 christos 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1953 1.1.1.2 christos 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1954 1.1.1.2 christos 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1955 1.1.1.2 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1956 1.1.1.2 christos 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1957 1.1.1.2 christos 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1958 1.1.1.2 christos 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1959 1.1.1.2 christos 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1960 1.1.1.2 christos };
1961 1.1.1.2 christos
1962 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
1963 1.1.1.2 christos /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
1964 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
1965 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1966 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1967 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
1968 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1969 1.1.1.2 christos { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1970 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1971 1.1.1.2 christos NULL
1972 1.1.1.2 christos };
1973 1.1.1.2 christos
1974 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
1975 1.1.1.2 christos /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
1976 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
1977 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1978 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1979 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
1980 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1981 1.1.1.2 christos { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1982 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1983 1.1.1.2 christos NULL
1984 1.1.1.2 christos };
1985 1.1.1.2 christos
1986 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
1987 1.1.1.2 christos {
1988 1.1.1.2 christos /* Big-endian PIC. */
1989 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
1990 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
1991 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1992 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1993 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1994 1.1.1.2 christos { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1995 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1996 1.1.1.2 christos &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
1997 1.1.1.2 christos },
1998 1.1.1.2 christos {
1999 1.1.1.2 christos /* Little-endian PIC. */
2000 1.1.1.2 christos NULL,
2001 1.1.1.9 christos 0,
2002 1.1.1.2 christos { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2003 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2004 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2005 1.1.1.2 christos { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
2006 1.1.1.2 christos FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2007 1.1 skrll &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2008 1.1 skrll },
2009 1.1 skrll };
2010 1.1 skrll
2011 1.1.1.9 christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2012 1.1 skrll the object is position-independent. */
2013 1.1.1.2 christos
2014 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2015 1.1.1.2 christos get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
2016 1.1.1.2 christos {
2017 1.1.1.2 christos if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2018 1.1.1.2 christos {
2019 1.1.1.2 christos /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2020 1.1.1.2 christos sequence. */
2021 1.1.1.2 christos if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2022 1.1 skrll return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2023 1.1 skrll else
2024 1.1 skrll return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2025 1.1 skrll }
2026 1.1 skrll if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2027 1.1 skrll return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2028 1.1 skrll return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2029 1.1 skrll }
2030 1.1 skrll
2031 1.1 skrll /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2032 1.1.1.9 christos VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2033 1.1 skrll not data. */
2034 1.1 skrll
2035 1.1 skrll inline static void
2036 1.1 skrll install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2037 1.1 skrll unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2038 1.1.1.2 christos {
2039 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2040 1.1.1.2 christos }
2041 1.1.1.2 christos
2042 1.1.1.2 christos /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2043 1.1.1.2 christos Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2044 1.1 skrll 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2045 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2046 1.1 skrll #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2047 1.1 skrll
2048 1.1 skrll /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2049 1.1.1.2 christos
2050 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
2051 1.1.1.2 christos get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2052 1.1.1.2 christos {
2053 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2054 1.1.1.2 christos
2055 1.1.1.2 christos offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2056 1.1.1.2 christos if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2057 1.1.1.2 christos {
2058 1.1.1.2 christos if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2059 1.1.1.2 christos {
2060 1.1.1.2 christos plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2061 1.1.1.2 christos offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2062 1.1.1.2 christos }
2063 1.1 skrll else
2064 1.1 skrll info = info->short_plt;
2065 1.1 skrll }
2066 1.1 skrll return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2067 1.1 skrll }
2068 1.1.1.2 christos
2069 1.1 skrll /* Do the inverse operation. */
2070 1.1.1.2 christos
2071 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
2072 1.1.1.2 christos get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2073 1.1.1.2 christos {
2074 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset = 0;
2075 1.1.1.2 christos
2076 1.1.1.2 christos if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2077 1.1.1.2 christos {
2078 1.1.1.2 christos if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2079 1.1.1.2 christos {
2080 1.1.1.2 christos offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2081 1.1.1.2 christos plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2082 1.1.1.2 christos }
2083 1.1.1.2 christos else
2084 1.1 skrll info = info->short_plt;
2085 1.1 skrll }
2086 1.1.1.2 christos return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2087 1.1.1.2 christos + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2088 1.1.1.2 christos }
2089 1.1.1.2 christos
2090 1.1.1.2 christos union gotref
2091 1.1.1.2 christos {
2092 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2093 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
2094 1.1 skrll };
2095 1.1 skrll
2096 1.1 skrll /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2097 1.1 skrll
2098 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2099 1.1 skrll {
2100 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2101 1.1.1.2 christos
2102 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2103 1.1.1.2 christos
2104 1.1.1.2 christos /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2105 1.1.1.2 christos R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2106 1.1.1.2 christos relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2107 1.1.1.2 christos for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2108 1.1.1.2 christos MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2109 1.1.1.2 christos managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2110 1.1.1.2 christos During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2111 1.1.1.2 christos descriptor will be canonical. */
2112 1.1.1.2 christos union gotref funcdesc;
2113 1.1.1.2 christos
2114 1.1.1.3 christos /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2115 1.1.1.2 christos and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2116 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2117 1.1 skrll
2118 1.1 skrll enum got_type {
2119 1.1 skrll GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2120 1.1 skrll } got_type;
2121 1.1 skrll };
2122 1.1 skrll
2123 1.1 skrll #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2124 1.1 skrll
2125 1.1.1.2 christos struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2126 1.1.1.2 christos {
2127 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2128 1.1.1.2 christos
2129 1.1.1.2 christos /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2130 1.1 skrll char *local_got_type;
2131 1.1 skrll
2132 1.1 skrll /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2133 1.1 skrll union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2134 1.1 skrll };
2135 1.1.1.2 christos
2136 1.1.1.2 christos #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2137 1.1.1.2 christos ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2138 1.1.1.2 christos
2139 1.1.1.2 christos #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2140 1.1 skrll (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2141 1.1 skrll
2142 1.1 skrll #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2143 1.1 skrll (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2144 1.1.1.2 christos
2145 1.1 skrll #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2146 1.1 skrll (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2147 1.1 skrll && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2148 1.1 skrll && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2149 1.1.1.9 christos
2150 1.1 skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2151 1.1 skrll as the specific tdata. */
2152 1.1.1.11 christos
2153 1.1 skrll static bool
2154 1.1 skrll sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2155 1.1 skrll {
2156 1.1 skrll return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata));
2157 1.1 skrll }
2158 1.1 skrll
2159 1.1 skrll /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2160 1.1 skrll
2161 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2162 1.1.1.2 christos {
2163 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2164 1.1.1.2 christos
2165 1.1 skrll /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 1.1 skrll asection *sfuncdesc;
2167 1.1 skrll asection *srelfuncdesc;
2168 1.1 skrll asection *srofixup;
2169 1.1 skrll
2170 1.1 skrll /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2171 1.1 skrll asection *srelplt2;
2172 1.1 skrll
2173 1.1 skrll /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2174 1.1 skrll union
2175 1.1 skrll {
2176 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2177 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
2178 1.1 skrll } tls_ldm_got;
2179 1.1.1.2 christos
2180 1.1.1.9 christos /* The type of PLT to use. */
2181 1.1 skrll const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2182 1.1 skrll
2183 1.1 skrll /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2184 1.1 skrll bool fdpic_p;
2185 1.1 skrll };
2186 1.1 skrll
2187 1.1 skrll /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2188 1.1.1.9 christos
2189 1.1 skrll #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2190 1.1 skrll (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2191 1.1 skrll (&(table)->root, \
2192 1.1 skrll (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2193 1.1 skrll (info)))
2194 1.1.1.9 christos
2195 1.1.1.9 christos /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2196 1.1.1.9 christos
2197 1.1 skrll #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2198 1.1 skrll ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2199 1.1 skrll && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA) \
2200 1.1 skrll ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2201 1.1 skrll
2202 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2203 1.1 skrll
2204 1.1 skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2205 1.1 skrll sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2206 1.1 skrll struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2207 1.1 skrll const char *string)
2208 1.1 skrll {
2209 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2210 1.1 skrll (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2211 1.1 skrll
2212 1.1 skrll /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2213 1.1 skrll subclass. */
2214 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2215 1.1 skrll ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2216 1.1 skrll bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2217 1.1 skrll sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2218 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2219 1.1 skrll return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2220 1.1 skrll
2221 1.1 skrll /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2222 1.1 skrll ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2223 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2224 1.1.1.2 christos table, string));
2225 1.1.1.2 christos if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2226 1.1.1.2 christos {
2227 1.1 skrll ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2228 1.1 skrll ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2229 1.1 skrll ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2230 1.1 skrll ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2231 1.1 skrll }
2232 1.1 skrll
2233 1.1 skrll return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2234 1.1 skrll }
2235 1.1 skrll
2236 1.1 skrll /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2237 1.1 skrll
2238 1.1.1.9 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2239 1.1 skrll sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2240 1.1.1.3 christos {
2241 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2242 1.1 skrll size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2243 1.1 skrll
2244 1.1 skrll ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2245 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2246 1.1.1.11 christos return NULL;
2247 1.1 skrll
2248 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2249 1.1 skrll sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2250 1.1 skrll sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)))
2251 1.1 skrll {
2252 1.1.1.9 christos free (ret);
2253 1.1.1.9 christos return NULL;
2254 1.1.1.9 christos }
2255 1.1.1.9 christos
2256 1.1.1.9 christos if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2257 1.1 skrll {
2258 1.1 skrll ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
2259 1.1 skrll ret->fdpic_p = true;
2260 1.1 skrll }
2261 1.1.1.9 christos
2262 1.1.1.2 christos return &ret->root.root;
2263 1.1.1.2 christos }
2264 1.1.1.2 christos
2265 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
2266 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2267 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2268 1.1.1.2 christos {
2269 1.1.1.9 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2270 1.1.1.2 christos
2271 1.1.1.2 christos /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2272 1.1.1.2 christos if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2273 1.1.1.2 christos return true;
2274 1.1.1.2 christos
2275 1.1.1.2 christos /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2276 1.1.1.2 christos relocate independently. */
2277 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2278 1.1.1.2 christos {
2279 1.1.1.2 christos case SHT_PROGBITS:
2280 1.1.1.9 christos case SHT_NOBITS:
2281 1.1.1.2 christos /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2282 1.1.1.2 christos SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2283 1.1.1.2 christos case SHT_NULL:
2284 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
2285 1.1.1.9 christos
2286 1.1.1.2 christos /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2287 1.1.1.2 christos against any other section. */
2288 1.1.1.2 christos default:
2289 1.1 skrll return true;
2290 1.1 skrll }
2291 1.1 skrll }
2292 1.1.1.9 christos
2293 1.1 skrll /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2294 1.1 skrll shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2295 1.1 skrll
2296 1.1 skrll static bool
2297 1.1 skrll create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2298 1.1.1.9 christos {
2299 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2300 1.1 skrll
2301 1.1.1.2 christos if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2302 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
2303 1.1.1.2 christos
2304 1.1.1.3 christos htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2305 1.1.1.3 christos if (htab == NULL)
2306 1.1.1.3 christos return false;
2307 1.1.1.3 christos
2308 1.1.1.3 christos htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2309 1.1.1.2 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2310 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2311 1.1.1.9 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2312 1.1.1.2 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2313 1.1.1.3 christos if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2314 1.1.1.3 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2315 1.1.1.3 christos return false;
2316 1.1.1.3 christos
2317 1.1.1.3 christos htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2318 1.1.1.3 christos ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2319 1.1.1.3 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2320 1.1.1.2 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2321 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2322 1.1.1.9 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2323 1.1.1.2 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2324 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2325 1.1.1.3 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2326 1.1.1.3 christos return false;
2327 1.1.1.3 christos
2328 1.1.1.3 christos /* Also create .rofixup. */
2329 1.1.1.3 christos htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2330 1.1.1.3 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2331 1.1.1.2 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2332 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2333 1.1.1.9 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2334 1.1.1.2 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2335 1.1.1.9 christos if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2336 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
2337 1.1 skrll return false;
2338 1.1 skrll
2339 1.1 skrll return true;
2340 1.1.1.9 christos }
2341 1.1 skrll
2342 1.1 skrll /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2343 1.1 skrll
2344 1.1 skrll static bool
2345 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2346 1.1 skrll {
2347 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2348 1.1 skrll flagword flags, pltflags;
2349 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2350 1.1 skrll const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2351 1.1 skrll int ptralign = 0;
2352 1.1 skrll
2353 1.1 skrll switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2354 1.1 skrll {
2355 1.1 skrll case 32:
2356 1.1 skrll ptralign = 2;
2357 1.1 skrll break;
2358 1.1 skrll
2359 1.1 skrll case 64:
2360 1.1 skrll ptralign = 3;
2361 1.1.1.9 christos break;
2362 1.1 skrll
2363 1.1 skrll default:
2364 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2365 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
2366 1.1.1.9 christos }
2367 1.1.1.2 christos
2368 1.1 skrll htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2369 1.1.1.9 christos if (htab == NULL)
2370 1.1 skrll return false;
2371 1.1 skrll
2372 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2373 1.1 skrll return true;
2374 1.1 skrll
2375 1.1 skrll /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2376 1.1 skrll .rel[a].bss sections. */
2377 1.1 skrll
2378 1.1 skrll flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2379 1.1 skrll | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2380 1.1 skrll
2381 1.1 skrll pltflags = flags;
2382 1.1 skrll pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2383 1.1 skrll if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2384 1.1.1.3 christos pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2385 1.1.1.6 christos if (bed->plt_readonly)
2386 1.1 skrll pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2387 1.1.1.8 christos
2388 1.1.1.9 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2389 1.1 skrll htab->root.splt = s;
2390 1.1 skrll if (s == NULL
2391 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
2392 1.1 skrll return false;
2393 1.1 skrll
2394 1.1 skrll if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2395 1.1 skrll {
2396 1.1 skrll /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2397 1.1 skrll .plt section. */
2398 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2399 1.1.1.9 christos struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2400 1.1 skrll
2401 1.1.1.9 christos if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2402 1.1 skrll (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2403 1.1 skrll (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
2404 1.1 skrll get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2405 1.1 skrll return false;
2406 1.1 skrll
2407 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2408 1.1.1.4 christos h->def_regular = 1;
2409 1.1 skrll h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2410 1.1.1.9 christos htab->root.hplt = h;
2411 1.1 skrll
2412 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2413 1.1.1.3 christos && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2414 1.1.1.3 christos return false;
2415 1.1.1.3 christos }
2416 1.1.1.3 christos
2417 1.1.1.6 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2418 1.1 skrll bed->default_use_rela_p
2419 1.1.1.8 christos ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2420 1.1.1.9 christos flags | SEC_READONLY);
2421 1.1 skrll htab->root.srelplt = s;
2422 1.1.1.6 christos if (s == NULL
2423 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2424 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
2425 1.1 skrll
2426 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
2427 1.1 skrll && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2428 1.1 skrll return false;
2429 1.1 skrll
2430 1.1 skrll if (bed->want_dynbss)
2431 1.1 skrll {
2432 1.1 skrll /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2433 1.1 skrll by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2434 1.1.1.3 christos not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2435 1.1.1.3 christos image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2436 1.1.1.9 christos initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2437 1.1 skrll section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2438 1.1.1.9 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2439 1.1 skrll SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2440 1.1 skrll htab->root.sdynbss = s;
2441 1.1 skrll if (s == NULL)
2442 1.1 skrll return false;
2443 1.1 skrll
2444 1.1 skrll /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2445 1.1 skrll normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2446 1.1 skrll linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2447 1.1 skrll only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2448 1.1 skrll until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2449 1.1 skrll main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2450 1.1 skrll (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2451 1.1.1.4 christos mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2452 1.1 skrll be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2453 1.1.1.3 christos section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2454 1.1.1.3 christos copy relocs. */
2455 1.1.1.3 christos if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2456 1.1.1.3 christos {
2457 1.1.1.9 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2458 1.1 skrll (bed->default_use_rela_p
2459 1.1.1.8 christos ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2460 1.1.1.9 christos flags | SEC_READONLY);
2461 1.1 skrll htab->root.srelbss = s;
2462 1.1 skrll if (s == NULL
2463 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2464 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
2465 1.1 skrll }
2466 1.1 skrll }
2467 1.1.1.9 christos
2468 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2469 1.1 skrll {
2470 1.1.1.9 christos if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2471 1.1 skrll return false;
2472 1.1 skrll }
2473 1.1 skrll
2474 1.1 skrll return true;
2475 1.1 skrll }
2476 1.1 skrll
2477 1.1 skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2479 1.1.1.9 christos regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2480 1.1 skrll dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2481 1.1 skrll change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2482 1.1 skrll understand. */
2483 1.1 skrll
2484 1.1 skrll static bool
2485 1.1 skrll sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2486 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2487 1.1.1.2 christos {
2488 1.1.1.9 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2489 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2490 1.1 skrll
2491 1.1 skrll htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2492 1.1 skrll if (htab == NULL)
2493 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
2494 1.1 skrll
2495 1.1 skrll /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2496 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2497 1.1 skrll && (h->needs_plt
2498 1.1 skrll || h->is_weakalias
2499 1.1 skrll || (h->def_dynamic
2500 1.1 skrll && h->ref_regular
2501 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)));
2502 1.1 skrll
2503 1.1 skrll /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2504 1.1 skrll will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2505 1.1 skrll when we know the address of the .got section. */
2506 1.1 skrll if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2507 1.1 skrll || h->needs_plt)
2508 1.1 skrll {
2509 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2510 1.1 skrll || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2511 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2512 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2513 1.1 skrll {
2514 1.1 skrll /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2515 1.1 skrll file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2516 1.1 skrll object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2517 1.1 skrll a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2518 1.1.1.9 christos reloc instead. */
2519 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2520 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
2521 1.1 skrll }
2522 1.1 skrll
2523 1.1 skrll return true;
2524 1.1 skrll }
2525 1.1 skrll else
2526 1.1.1.6 christos h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2527 1.1 skrll
2528 1.1.1.6 christos /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2529 1.1.1.6 christos processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2530 1.1.1.6 christos real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2531 1.1.1.6 christos if (h->is_weakalias)
2532 1.1 skrll {
2533 1.1.1.6 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2534 1.1.1.9 christos BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2535 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2536 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2537 1.1 skrll if (info->nocopyreloc)
2538 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
2539 1.1 skrll return true;
2540 1.1 skrll }
2541 1.1 skrll
2542 1.1 skrll /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2543 1.1 skrll is not a function. */
2544 1.1.1.4 christos
2545 1.1.1.9 christos /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2546 1.1 skrll only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2547 1.1 skrll For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2548 1.1 skrll be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2549 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2550 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
2551 1.1 skrll
2552 1.1 skrll /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2553 1.1.1.6 christos GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2554 1.1 skrll if (!h->non_got_ref)
2555 1.1 skrll return true;
2556 1.1.1.9 christos
2557 1.1 skrll /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2558 1.1 skrll if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
2559 1.1.1.6 christos {
2560 1.1.1.6 christos h->non_got_ref = 0;
2561 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
2562 1.1 skrll }
2563 1.1 skrll
2564 1.1.1.9 christos /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
2565 1.1 skrll we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
2566 1.1 skrll if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
2567 1.1 skrll {
2568 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = 0;
2569 1.1 skrll return true;
2570 1.1 skrll }
2571 1.1 skrll
2572 1.1 skrll /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2573 1.1 skrll become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2574 1.1 skrll an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2575 1.1 skrll object will contain position independent code, so all references
2576 1.1 skrll from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2577 1.1.1.9 christos offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2578 1.1 skrll determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2579 1.1 skrll both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2580 1.1 skrll same memory location for the variable. */
2581 1.1 skrll
2582 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.sdynbss;
2583 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2584 1.1.1.3 christos
2585 1.1 skrll /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2586 1.1 skrll copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2587 1.1 skrll runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2588 1.1.1.9 christos .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2589 1.1 skrll if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2590 1.1 skrll {
2591 1.1 skrll asection *srel;
2592 1.1 skrll
2593 1.1 skrll srel = htab->root.srelbss;
2594 1.1.1.4 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2595 1.1 skrll srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2596 1.1 skrll h->needs_copy = 1;
2597 1.1 skrll }
2598 1.1 skrll
2599 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2600 1.1.1.9 christos }
2601 1.1 skrll
2602 1.1 skrll /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2603 1.1 skrll dynamic relocs. */
2604 1.1 skrll
2605 1.1 skrll static bool
2606 1.1.1.6 christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2607 1.1 skrll {
2608 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
2609 1.1.1.9 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2610 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2611 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2612 1.1 skrll
2613 1.1.1.2 christos if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2614 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
2615 1.1 skrll
2616 1.1 skrll info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2617 1.1 skrll htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2618 1.1 skrll if (htab == NULL)
2619 1.1 skrll return false;
2620 1.1 skrll
2621 1.1 skrll eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2622 1.1 skrll if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2623 1.1 skrll || h->forced_local)
2624 1.1 skrll && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2625 1.1 skrll {
2626 1.1 skrll /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2627 1.1 skrll so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2628 1.1 skrll h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2629 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2630 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2631 1.1 skrll }
2632 1.1 skrll
2633 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2634 1.1 skrll && h->plt.refcount > 0
2635 1.1 skrll && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2636 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2637 1.1 skrll {
2638 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2639 1.1.1.9 christos Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2640 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2641 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2642 1.1.1.4 christos {
2643 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2644 1.1 skrll return false;
2645 1.1.1.6 christos }
2646 1.1.1.2 christos
2647 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2648 1.1 skrll || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2649 1.1 skrll {
2650 1.1 skrll asection *s = htab->root.splt;
2651 1.1 skrll const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2652 1.1 skrll
2653 1.1 skrll /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2654 1.1 skrll first entry. */
2655 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
2656 1.1 skrll s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2657 1.1 skrll
2658 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = s->size;
2659 1.1.1.2 christos
2660 1.1.1.2 christos /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2661 1.1.1.2 christos not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2662 1.1.1.4 christos location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2663 1.1 skrll pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2664 1.1 skrll the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2665 1.1 skrll function's address will be the address of the canonical
2666 1.1 skrll function descriptor. */
2667 1.1 skrll if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
2668 1.1 skrll {
2669 1.1.1.2 christos h->root.u.def.section = s;
2670 1.1.1.2 christos h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2671 1.1.1.2 christos }
2672 1.1.1.2 christos
2673 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make room for this entry. */
2674 1.1 skrll plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2675 1.1 skrll if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2676 1.1 skrll && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
2677 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
2678 1.1.1.6 christos s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
2679 1.1.1.2 christos
2680 1.1.1.6 christos /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
2681 1.1 skrll will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
2682 1.1 skrll if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2683 1.1.1.6 christos htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
2684 1.1 skrll else
2685 1.1.1.9 christos htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
2686 1.1 skrll
2687 1.1 skrll /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
2688 1.1 skrll htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2689 1.1 skrll
2690 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2691 1.1 skrll {
2692 1.1 skrll /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
2693 1.1 skrll for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
2694 1.1 skrll section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
2695 1.1 skrll
2696 1.1 skrll /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
2697 1.1 skrll an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2698 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
2699 1.1 skrll htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2700 1.1 skrll
2701 1.1 skrll /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
2702 1.1 skrll PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
2703 1.1 skrll and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
2704 1.1 skrll htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
2705 1.1 skrll }
2706 1.1 skrll }
2707 1.1 skrll else
2708 1.1 skrll {
2709 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2710 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
2711 1.1 skrll }
2712 1.1 skrll }
2713 1.1 skrll else
2714 1.1 skrll {
2715 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2716 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
2717 1.1.1.9 christos }
2718 1.1.1.3 christos
2719 1.1 skrll if (h->got.refcount > 0)
2720 1.1 skrll {
2721 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2722 1.1 skrll bool dyn;
2723 1.1 skrll enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
2724 1.1 skrll
2725 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2726 1.1.1.9 christos Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2727 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2728 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2729 1.1.1.6 christos {
2730 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2731 1.1 skrll return false;
2732 1.1 skrll }
2733 1.1.1.2 christos
2734 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.sgot;
2735 1.1 skrll h->got.offset = s->size;
2736 1.1.1.2 christos s->size += 4;
2737 1.1.1.2 christos /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
2738 1.1.1.2 christos if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2739 1.1.1.4 christos s->size += 4;
2740 1.1.1.2 christos dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
2741 1.1.1.2 christos if (!dyn)
2742 1.1.1.2 christos {
2743 1.1.1.2 christos /* No dynamic relocations required. */
2744 1.1.1.3 christos if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2745 1.1.1.4 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2746 1.1.1.4 christos && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2747 1.1.1.4 christos htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2748 1.1.1.3 christos }
2749 1.1 skrll /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
2750 1.1 skrll else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
2751 1.1.1.2 christos && !h->def_dynamic
2752 1.1.1.2 christos && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2753 1.1.1.6 christos ;
2754 1.1.1.2 christos /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
2755 1.1.1.6 christos R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
2756 1.1.1.2 christos else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
2757 1.1.1.2 christos || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
2758 1.1.1.4 christos htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2759 1.1.1.2 christos else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2760 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2761 1.1.1.6 christos else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
2762 1.1.1.2 christos {
2763 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2764 1.1 skrll htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2765 1.1.1.4 christos else
2766 1.1 skrll htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2767 1.1.1.6 christos }
2768 1.1.1.4 christos else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2769 1.1.1.4 christos || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2770 1.1.1.4 christos && (bfd_link_pic (info)
2771 1.1.1.2 christos || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
2772 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2773 1.1.1.2 christos else if (htab->fdpic_p
2774 1.1 skrll && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2775 1.1 skrll && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
2776 1.1 skrll && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2777 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2778 1.1.1.2 christos htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2779 1.1.1.2 christos }
2780 1.1.1.2 christos else
2781 1.1.1.2 christos h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2782 1.1.1.2 christos
2783 1.1.1.2 christos /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
2784 1.1.1.2 christos descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
2785 1.1.1.2 christos reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
2786 1.1.1.2 christos undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
2787 1.1.1.2 christos static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
2788 1.1.1.4 christos if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
2789 1.1.1.2 christos && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2790 1.1.1.2 christos || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2791 1.1.1.6 christos && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
2792 1.1.1.2 christos {
2793 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2794 1.1.1.2 christos htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
2795 1.1.1.2 christos else
2796 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.srelgot->size
2797 1.1.1.2 christos += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2798 1.1.1.2 christos }
2799 1.1.1.2 christos
2800 1.1.1.2 christos /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
2801 1.1.1.2 christos a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
2802 1.1.1.2 christos the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
2803 1.1.1.2 christos applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
2804 1.1.1.2 christos canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
2805 1.1.1.2 christos won't be a PLT entry at all. */
2806 1.1.1.2 christos if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
2807 1.1.1.2 christos || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2808 1.1.1.2 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2809 1.1.1.2 christos && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2810 1.1.1.2 christos {
2811 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
2812 1.1.1.4 christos eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
2813 1.1.1.2 christos htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
2814 1.1.1.2 christos
2815 1.1.1.2 christos /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
2816 1.1.1.2 christos function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
2817 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2818 1.1.1.9 christos htab->srofixup->size += 8;
2819 1.1.1.9 christos else
2820 1.1 skrll htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2821 1.1 skrll }
2822 1.1 skrll
2823 1.1 skrll if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
2824 1.1 skrll return true;
2825 1.1 skrll
2826 1.1 skrll /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
2827 1.1.1.4 christos dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
2828 1.1 skrll defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
2829 1.1 skrll space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
2830 1.1 skrll visibility changes. */
2831 1.1.1.6 christos
2832 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2833 1.1.1.9 christos {
2834 1.1 skrll if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2835 1.1 skrll {
2836 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2837 1.1 skrll
2838 1.1 skrll for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2839 1.1 skrll {
2840 1.1 skrll p->count -= p->pc_count;
2841 1.1 skrll p->pc_count = 0;
2842 1.1 skrll if (p->count == 0)
2843 1.1 skrll *pp = p->next;
2844 1.1.1.9 christos else
2845 1.1 skrll pp = &p->next;
2846 1.1.1.6 christos }
2847 1.1 skrll }
2848 1.1.1.9 christos
2849 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2850 1.1 skrll {
2851 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2852 1.1 skrll
2853 1.1 skrll for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2854 1.1 skrll {
2855 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
2856 1.1 skrll *pp = p->next;
2857 1.1 skrll else
2858 1.1 skrll pp = &p->next;
2859 1.1.1.9 christos }
2860 1.1 skrll }
2861 1.1 skrll
2862 1.1.1.6 christos /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
2863 1.1.1.6 christos visibility. */
2864 1.1.1.9 christos if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
2865 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2866 1.1 skrll {
2867 1.1 skrll if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2868 1.1 skrll || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
2869 1.1 skrll h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2870 1.1 skrll
2871 1.1 skrll /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
2872 1.1.1.9 christos symbol in PIEs. */
2873 1.1 skrll else if (h->dynindx == -1
2874 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2875 1.1 skrll {
2876 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2877 1.1 skrll return false;
2878 1.1 skrll }
2879 1.1 skrll }
2880 1.1 skrll }
2881 1.1 skrll else
2882 1.1 skrll {
2883 1.1 skrll /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
2884 1.1 skrll symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
2885 1.1 skrll dynamic. */
2886 1.1 skrll
2887 1.1 skrll if (!h->non_got_ref
2888 1.1 skrll && ((h->def_dynamic
2889 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)
2890 1.1 skrll || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2891 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2892 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
2893 1.1 skrll {
2894 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2895 1.1.1.9 christos Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2896 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2897 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2898 1.1 skrll {
2899 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2900 1.1 skrll return false;
2901 1.1 skrll }
2902 1.1 skrll
2903 1.1 skrll /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
2904 1.1.1.9 christos relocs. */
2905 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx != -1)
2906 1.1 skrll goto keep;
2907 1.1 skrll }
2908 1.1 skrll
2909 1.1 skrll h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2910 1.1.1.9 christos
2911 1.1 skrll keep: ;
2912 1.1 skrll }
2913 1.1 skrll
2914 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finally, allocate space. */
2915 1.1.1.2 christos for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2916 1.1.1.4 christos {
2917 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
2918 1.1 skrll sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2919 1.1 skrll
2920 1.1.1.9 christos /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
2921 1.1 skrll if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2922 1.1 skrll htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
2923 1.1 skrll }
2924 1.1 skrll
2925 1.1 skrll return true;
2926 1.1 skrll }
2927 1.1.1.9 christos
2928 1.1.1.11 christos /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
2929 1.1 skrll and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
2930 1.1.1.4 christos It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
2931 1.1.1.4 christos
2932 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
2933 1.1.1.4 christos sh_elf_early_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2934 1.1.1.4 christos {
2935 1.1.1.4 christos sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
2936 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_link_pic (info));
2937 1.1.1.9 christos
2938 1.1 skrll if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2939 1.1 skrll && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
2940 1.1 skrll "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
2941 1.1 skrll return false;
2942 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
2943 1.1.1.11 christos }
2944 1.1.1.11 christos
2945 1.1 skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
2946 1.1 skrll
2947 1.1 skrll static bool
2948 1.1 skrll sh_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2949 1.1.1.9 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
2950 1.1 skrll {
2951 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2952 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2953 1.1.1.2 christos asection *s;
2954 1.1.1.9 christos bool relocs;
2955 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *ibfd;
2956 1.1 skrll
2957 1.1.1.11 christos htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2958 1.1.1.11 christos if (htab == NULL)
2959 1.1 skrll return false;
2960 1.1 skrll
2961 1.1 skrll dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
2962 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2963 1.1.1.4 christos return true;
2964 1.1 skrll
2965 1.1.1.3 christos if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2966 1.1 skrll {
2967 1.1 skrll /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
2968 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
2969 1.1.1.11 christos {
2970 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
2971 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2972 1.1 skrll s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2973 1.1 skrll s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2974 1.1 skrll s->alloced = 1;
2975 1.1.1.4 christos }
2976 1.1 skrll }
2977 1.1 skrll
2978 1.1 skrll /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
2979 1.1.1.2 christos relocs. */
2980 1.1.1.2 christos for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
2981 1.1 skrll {
2982 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
2983 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
2984 1.1 skrll union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
2985 1.1 skrll char *local_got_type;
2986 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type locsymcount;
2987 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2988 1.1 skrll asection *srel;
2989 1.1 skrll
2990 1.1.1.6 christos if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
2991 1.1 skrll continue;
2992 1.1.1.6 christos
2993 1.1 skrll for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2994 1.1 skrll {
2995 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2996 1.1 skrll
2997 1.1 skrll for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
2998 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
2999 1.1 skrll p != NULL;
3000 1.1 skrll p = p->next)
3001 1.1 skrll {
3002 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3003 1.1 skrll && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3004 1.1 skrll {
3005 1.1.1.9 christos /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3006 1.1 skrll it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3007 1.1 skrll linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3008 1.1 skrll the relocs too. */
3009 1.1 skrll }
3010 1.1 skrll else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
3011 1.1 skrll && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3012 1.1 skrll ".tls_vars") == 0)
3013 1.1 skrll {
3014 1.1 skrll /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3015 1.1 skrll handled specially by the loader. */
3016 1.1 skrll }
3017 1.1.1.6 christos else if (p->count != 0)
3018 1.1.1.6 christos {
3019 1.1.1.7 christos srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3020 1.1.1.6 christos srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3021 1.1.1.6 christos if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3022 1.1.1.2 christos {
3023 1.1.1.2 christos info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3024 1.1.1.4 christos info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
3025 1.1.1.2 christos p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3026 1.1 skrll }
3027 1.1 skrll
3028 1.1 skrll /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3029 1.1 skrll if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3030 1.1 skrll htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3031 1.1 skrll }
3032 1.1.1.6 christos }
3033 1.1.1.6 christos }
3034 1.1.1.2 christos
3035 1.1.1.2 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3036 1.1.1.2 christos locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3037 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.sgot;
3038 1.1.1.2 christos srel = htab->root.srelgot;
3039 1.1.1.2 christos
3040 1.1.1.2 christos local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3041 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_got)
3042 1.1.1.2 christos {
3043 1.1.1.2 christos end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3044 1.1.1.2 christos local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3045 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3046 1.1.1.2 christos for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3047 1.1.1.2 christos {
3048 1.1.1.2 christos if (*local_got > 0)
3049 1.1.1.4 christos {
3050 1.1.1.2 christos *local_got = s->size;
3051 1.1.1.2 christos s->size += 4;
3052 1.1.1.2 christos if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3053 1.1.1.2 christos s->size += 4;
3054 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3055 1.1.1.2 christos srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3056 1.1.1.2 christos else
3057 1.1.1.2 christos htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3058 1.1.1.2 christos
3059 1.1.1.2 christos if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3060 1.1.1.2 christos {
3061 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3062 1.1.1.2 christos {
3063 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_size_type size;
3064 1.1.1.9 christos
3065 1.1.1.2 christos size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3066 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3067 1.1.1.2 christos size);
3068 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3069 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
3070 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3071 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc += (local_got
3072 1.1.1.2 christos - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3073 1.1.1.2 christos }
3074 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3075 1.1.1.2 christos ++local_funcdesc;
3076 1.1.1.2 christos }
3077 1.1.1.2 christos }
3078 1.1.1.2 christos else
3079 1.1.1.2 christos *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080 1.1.1.2 christos ++local_got_type;
3081 1.1.1.2 christos }
3082 1.1.1.2 christos }
3083 1.1.1.2 christos
3084 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3085 1.1 skrll if (local_funcdesc)
3086 1.1.1.2 christos {
3087 1.1.1.2 christos end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3088 1.1.1.2 christos
3089 1.1.1.2 christos for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3090 1.1.1.4 christos {
3091 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3092 1.1.1.2 christos {
3093 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3094 1.1.1.2 christos htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3095 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3096 1.1.1.2 christos htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3097 1.1 skrll else
3098 1.1 skrll htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3099 1.1.1.2 christos }
3100 1.1 skrll else
3101 1.1 skrll local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3102 1.1 skrll }
3103 1.1 skrll }
3104 1.1 skrll
3105 1.1 skrll }
3106 1.1.1.6 christos
3107 1.1.1.6 christos if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3108 1.1.1.6 christos {
3109 1.1 skrll /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3110 1.1 skrll relocs. */
3111 1.1 skrll htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
3112 1.1 skrll htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
3113 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3114 1.1.1.2 christos }
3115 1.1.1.2 christos else
3116 1.1.1.2 christos htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3117 1.1.1.6 christos
3118 1.1.1.6 christos /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3119 1.1.1.2 christos the end of .got.plt. */
3120 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
3121 1.1 skrll {
3122 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
3123 1.1 skrll htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
3124 1.1 skrll }
3125 1.1.1.2 christos
3126 1.1.1.2 christos /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3127 1.1.1.2 christos sym dynamic relocs. */
3128 1.1.1.2 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3129 1.1.1.6 christos
3130 1.1.1.6 christos /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3131 1.1.1.2 christos end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3132 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
3133 1.1.1.2 christos {
3134 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
3135 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
3136 1.1.1.2 christos }
3137 1.1 skrll
3138 1.1 skrll /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3139 1.1.1.9 christos if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3140 1.1 skrll htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3141 1.1 skrll
3142 1.1 skrll /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3143 1.1 skrll Allocate memory for them. */
3144 1.1 skrll relocs = false;
3145 1.1.1.6 christos for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3146 1.1.1.6 christos {
3147 1.1.1.6 christos if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3148 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3149 1.1.1.2 christos
3150 1.1.1.9 christos if (s == htab->root.splt
3151 1.1 skrll || s == htab->root.sgot
3152 1.1 skrll || s == htab->root.sgotplt
3153 1.1 skrll || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3154 1.1 skrll || s == htab->srofixup
3155 1.1.1.9 christos || s == htab->root.sdynbss)
3156 1.1 skrll {
3157 1.1.1.6 christos /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3158 1.1.1.9 christos comment below. */
3159 1.1 skrll }
3160 1.1 skrll else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
3161 1.1 skrll {
3162 1.1 skrll if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3163 1.1 skrll relocs = true;
3164 1.1 skrll
3165 1.1 skrll /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3166 1.1 skrll to copy relocs into the output file. */
3167 1.1 skrll s->reloc_count = 0;
3168 1.1 skrll }
3169 1.1 skrll else
3170 1.1 skrll {
3171 1.1 skrll /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3172 1.1 skrll continue;
3173 1.1 skrll }
3174 1.1 skrll
3175 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3176 1.1 skrll {
3177 1.1 skrll /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3178 1.1 skrll output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3179 1.1 skrll .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3180 1.1 skrll create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3181 1.1 skrll before the linker maps input sections to output
3182 1.1 skrll sections. The linker does that before
3183 1.1 skrll adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3184 1.1 skrll function which decides whether anything needs to go
3185 1.1 skrll into these sections. */
3186 1.1 skrll
3187 1.1 skrll s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3188 1.1 skrll continue;
3189 1.1 skrll }
3190 1.1 skrll
3191 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3192 1.1 skrll continue;
3193 1.1 skrll
3194 1.1 skrll /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3195 1.1 skrll here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3196 1.1.1.9 christos section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3197 1.1.1.11 christos but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3198 1.1 skrll of garbage. */
3199 1.1 skrll s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3200 1.1.1.9 christos if (s->contents == NULL)
3201 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
3202 1.1 skrll s->alloced = 1;
3203 1.1 skrll }
3204 1.1.1.2 christos
3205 1.1.1.2 christos return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
3206 1.1.1.2 christos relocs);
3207 1.1.1.2 christos }
3208 1.1.1.2 christos
3209 1.1.1.2 christos /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3211 1.1.1.2 christos
3212 1.1.1.2 christos inline static bfd_vma
3213 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3214 1.1.1.2 christos int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3215 1.1.1.2 christos {
3216 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3217 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3218 1.1.1.2 christos
3219 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_offset = offset;
3220 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3221 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = addend;
3222 1.1.1.2 christos
3223 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3224 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3225 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3226 1.1.1.2 christos sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3227 1.1.1.2 christos sreloc->reloc_count++;
3228 1.1.1.2 christos
3229 1.1.1.2 christos return reloc_offset;
3230 1.1.1.2 christos }
3231 1.1.1.2 christos
3232 1.1.1.2 christos /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3233 1.1.1.2 christos
3234 1.1.1.2 christos inline static void
3235 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3236 1.1.1.2 christos {
3237 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3238 1.1.1.2 christos
3239 1.1.1.2 christos fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3240 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3241 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3242 1.1.1.2 christos }
3243 1.1.1.2 christos
3244 1.1.1.6 christos /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3245 1.1.1.2 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3246 1.1.1.2 christos
3247 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_signed_vma
3248 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3249 1.1.1.2 christos {
3250 1.1.1.2 christos return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3251 1.1.1.2 christos - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3252 1.1.1.2 christos }
3253 1.1.1.2 christos
3254 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3255 1.1.1.3 christos located. */
3256 1.1.1.4 christos
3257 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned
3258 1.1.1.4 christos sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3259 1.1.1.3 christos {
3260 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3261 1.1.1.2 christos
3262 1.1.1.2 christos if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3263 1.1.1.2 christos /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3264 1.1.1.2 christos && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3265 1.1.1.2 christos p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3266 1.1.1.2 christos
3267 1.1.1.9 christos /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3268 1.1.1.2 christos supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3269 1.1.1.2 christos a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3270 1.1.1.2 christos return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3271 1.1.1.2 christos }
3272 1.1.1.3 christos
3273 1.1.1.3 christos static bool
3274 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3275 1.1.1.2 christos {
3276 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3277 1.1.1.2 christos
3278 1.1.1.9 christos return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3279 1.1.1.2 christos && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3280 1.1.1.2 christos }
3281 1.1.1.2 christos
3282 1.1.1.2 christos /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3283 1.1.1.2 christos with any relocations or fixups required. */
3284 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
3285 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3286 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3287 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3288 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset,
3289 1.1.1.2 christos asection *section,
3290 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma value)
3291 1.1.1.2 christos {
3292 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3293 1.1.1.2 christos int dynindx;
3294 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma addr, seg;
3295 1.1.1.2 christos
3296 1.1.1.2 christos htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3297 1.1.1.2 christos
3298 1.1.1.2 christos /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3299 1.1.1.2 christos descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3300 1.1.1.2 christos go in the reloc instead... */
3301 1.1.1.2 christos
3302 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3303 1.1.1.2 christos {
3304 1.1.1.2 christos section = h->root.u.def.section;
3305 1.1.1.2 christos value = h->root.u.def.value;
3306 1.1.1.2 christos }
3307 1.1.1.2 christos
3308 1.1.1.2 christos if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3309 1.1.1.2 christos {
3310 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3311 1.1.1.2 christos addr = value + section->output_offset;
3312 1.1.1.2 christos seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3313 1.1.1.2 christos }
3314 1.1.1.2 christos else
3315 1.1.1.4 christos {
3316 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3317 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
3318 1.1.1.2 christos addr = seg = 0;
3319 1.1.1.2 christos }
3320 1.1.1.2 christos
3321 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3322 1.1.1.2 christos {
3323 1.1.1.2 christos if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3324 1.1.1.2 christos {
3325 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3326 1.1.1.2 christos offset
3327 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3328 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3329 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3330 1.1.1.2 christos offset + 4
3331 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3332 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3333 1.1.1.2 christos }
3334 1.1.1.2 christos
3335 1.1.1.2 christos /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3336 1.1.1.2 christos address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3337 1.1.1.2 christos addr += section->output_section->vma;
3338 1.1.1.2 christos seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3339 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3340 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3341 1.1.1.2 christos }
3342 1.1.1.2 christos else
3343 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3344 1.1.1.2 christos offset
3345 1.1.1.2 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3346 1.1.1.9 christos + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3347 1.1.1.2 christos R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3348 1.1.1.2 christos
3349 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3350 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3351 1.1.1.2 christos
3352 1.1.1.2 christos return true;
3353 1.1.1.2 christos }
3354 1.1.1.2 christos
3355 1.1.1.2 christos /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3356 1.1.1.2 christos VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3357 1.1.1.2 christos otherwise. */
3358 1.1.1.2 christos
3359 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
3360 1.1.1.2 christos install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3361 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3362 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3363 1.1.1.2 christos {
3364 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned long cur_val;
3365 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_byte *addr;
3366 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3367 1.1.1.2 christos
3368 1.1.1.2 christos if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3369 1.1.1.2 christos return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3370 1.1.1.2 christos
3371 1.1.1.2 christos r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3372 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3373 1.1.1.2 christos if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3374 1.1.1.2 christos return r;
3375 1.1.1.2 christos
3376 1.1.1.2 christos addr = contents + offset;
3377 1.1.1.2 christos cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3378 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3379 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3380 1.1.1.9 christos
3381 1.1 skrll return bfd_reloc_ok;
3382 1.1 skrll }
3383 1.1 skrll
3384 1.1 skrll /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3385 1.1 skrll
3386 1.1 skrll static int
3387 1.1 skrll sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3388 1.1 skrll bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3389 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3390 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3391 1.1 skrll asection **local_sections)
3392 1.1.1.2 christos {
3393 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3394 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3395 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3396 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3397 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3398 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgot = NULL;
3399 1.1.1.9 christos asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3400 1.1 skrll asection *splt = NULL;
3401 1.1.1.8 christos asection *sreloc = NULL;
3402 1.1.1.8 christos asection *srelgot = NULL;
3403 1.1.1.8 christos bool is_vxworks_tls;
3404 1.1.1.9 christos unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3405 1.1.1.8 christos bool fdpic_p = false;
3406 1.1 skrll
3407 1.1 skrll if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
3408 1.1.1.2 christos {
3409 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
3410 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3411 1.1.1.6 christos }
3412 1.1.1.6 christos
3413 1.1.1.6 christos htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3414 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab != NULL)
3415 1.1.1.2 christos {
3416 1.1 skrll sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3417 1.1 skrll sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
3418 1.1 skrll srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
3419 1.1 skrll splt = htab->root.splt;
3420 1.1.1.2 christos fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3421 1.1.1.2 christos }
3422 1.1.1.2 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3423 1.1.1.2 christos sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3424 1.1.1.2 christos local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3425 1.1.1.2 christos
3426 1.1.1.2 christos isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3427 1.1.1.2 christos input_section->output_section);
3428 1.1.1.2 christos if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3429 1.1.1.2 christos got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3430 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->output_section);
3431 1.1.1.2 christos else
3432 1.1.1.2 christos got_segment = -1;
3433 1.1 skrll if (fdpic_p && splt)
3434 1.1 skrll plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3435 1.1.1.9 christos splt->output_section);
3436 1.1 skrll else
3437 1.1 skrll plt_segment = -1;
3438 1.1 skrll
3439 1.1 skrll /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3440 1.1 skrll specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3441 1.1 skrll is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
3442 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3443 1.1 skrll ".tls_vars"));
3444 1.1 skrll
3445 1.1 skrll rel = relocs;
3446 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3447 1.1 skrll for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3448 1.1 skrll {
3449 1.1 skrll int r_type;
3450 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *howto;
3451 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
3452 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3453 1.1.1.3 christos asection *sec;
3454 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3455 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_vma relocation;
3456 1.1 skrll bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3457 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3458 1.1 skrll bfd_vma off;
3459 1.1 skrll enum got_type got_type;
3460 1.1 skrll const char *symname = NULL;
3461 1.1 skrll bool resolved_to_zero;
3462 1.1 skrll
3463 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3464 1.1 skrll
3465 1.1 skrll r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3466 1.1 skrll
3467 1.1 skrll /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3468 1.1 skrll handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3469 1.1 skrll if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3470 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3471 1.1 skrll continue;
3472 1.1 skrll if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3473 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3474 1.1.1.2 christos
3475 1.1 skrll if (r_type < 0
3476 1.1 skrll || r_type >= R_SH_max
3477 1.1 skrll || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3478 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3479 1.1 skrll || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3480 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3481 1.1.1.2 christos || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3482 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3483 1.1 skrll || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3484 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3485 1.1.1.9 christos || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3486 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3487 1.1 skrll || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3488 1.1 skrll && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3489 1.1 skrll {
3490 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3491 1.1 skrll return false;
3492 1.1 skrll }
3493 1.1 skrll
3494 1.1 skrll howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3495 1.1.1.9 christos
3496 1.1 skrll /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3497 1.1 skrll the relocation. */
3498 1.1 skrll if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3499 1.1.1.2 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
3500 1.1.1.2 christos
3501 1.1 skrll resolved_to_zero = false;
3502 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
3503 1.1 skrll sym = NULL;
3504 1.1 skrll sec = NULL;
3505 1.1.1.2 christos check_segment[0] = -1;
3506 1.1.1.2 christos check_segment[1] = -1;
3507 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3508 1.1.1.2 christos {
3509 1.1.1.8 christos sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3510 1.1.1.2 christos sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3511 1.1 skrll
3512 1.1 skrll symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3513 1.1 skrll (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3514 1.1 skrll if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3515 1.1.1.3 christos symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
3516 1.1 skrll
3517 1.1 skrll relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3518 1.1.1.4 christos + sec->output_offset
3519 1.1 skrll + sym->st_value);
3520 1.1 skrll
3521 1.1 skrll if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3522 1.1 skrll /* Handled below. */
3523 1.1 skrll ;
3524 1.1 skrll else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3525 1.1 skrll {
3526 1.1 skrll /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3527 1.1 skrll anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3528 1.1 skrll in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3529 1.1 skrll section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3530 1.1 skrll if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3531 1.1 skrll {
3532 1.1 skrll if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3533 1.1 skrll {
3534 1.1 skrll /* For relocations with the addend in the
3535 1.1 skrll relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3536 1.1 skrll All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3537 1.1 skrll code is mostly for completeness. */
3538 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3539 1.1 skrll
3540 1.1 skrll continue;
3541 1.1 skrll }
3542 1.1 skrll
3543 1.1 skrll /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3544 1.1 skrll contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3545 1.1 skrll from the changed location of the section symbol.
3546 1.1 skrll Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3547 1.1 skrll final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3548 1.1 skrll relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3549 1.1 skrll location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3550 1.1 skrll final link. */
3551 1.1 skrll r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3552 1.1 skrll sec->output_offset
3553 1.1 skrll + sym->st_value,
3554 1.1 skrll contents + rel->r_offset);
3555 1.1 skrll goto relocation_done;
3556 1.1 skrll }
3557 1.1 skrll
3558 1.1 skrll continue;
3559 1.1 skrll }
3560 1.1 skrll else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3561 1.1 skrll {
3562 1.1 skrll relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3563 1.1 skrll addend = rel->r_addend;
3564 1.1 skrll }
3565 1.1 skrll else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3566 1.1.1.6 christos && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3567 1.1.1.6 christos {
3568 1.1.1.7 christos asection *msec;
3569 1.1.1.7 christos
3570 1.1 skrll if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
3571 1.1.1.7 christos {
3572 1.1.1.9 christos _bfd_error_handler
3573 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3574 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3575 1.1 skrll "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
3576 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section,
3577 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3578 1.1 skrll return false;
3579 1.1 skrll }
3580 1.1 skrll
3581 1.1 skrll addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
3582 1.1 skrll msec = sec;
3583 1.1 skrll addend =
3584 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
3585 1.1 skrll - relocation;
3586 1.1 skrll addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
3587 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
3588 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
3589 1.1 skrll }
3590 1.1 skrll }
3591 1.1.1.2 christos else
3592 1.1 skrll {
3593 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
3594 1.1.1.7 christos
3595 1.1 skrll relocation = 0;
3596 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3597 1.1 skrll symname = h->root.root.string;
3598 1.1.1.9 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3599 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3600 1.1.1.9 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3601 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3602 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3603 1.1 skrll {
3604 1.1 skrll bool dyn;
3605 1.1 skrll
3606 1.1 skrll dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
3607 1.1 skrll sec = h->root.u.def.section;
3608 1.1 skrll /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
3609 1.1 skrll We check specially because in some obscure cases
3610 1.1 skrll sec->output_section will be NULL. */
3611 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
3612 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
3613 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
3614 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
3615 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
3616 1.1 skrll || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
3617 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
3618 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
3619 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
3620 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
3621 1.1.1.2 christos && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3622 1.1.1.2 christos || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
3623 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
3624 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
3625 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
3626 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
3627 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
3628 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
3629 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
3630 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
3631 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
3632 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
3633 1.1 skrll && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
3634 1.1 skrll bfd_link_pic (info),
3635 1.1 skrll h)
3636 1.1 skrll && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
3637 1.1 skrll || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3638 1.1.1.4 christos || !h->def_regular))
3639 1.1 skrll /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
3640 1.1 skrll overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
3641 1.1 skrll below are those in which we must defer relocation
3642 1.1 skrll to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
3643 1.1 skrll addresses when creating a shared library. */
3644 1.1 skrll || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3645 1.1 skrll && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3646 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular)
3647 1.1 skrll && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3648 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
3649 1.1 skrll || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3650 1.1 skrll && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3651 1.1 skrll && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3652 1.1 skrll /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
3653 1.1 skrll sections against symbols defined externally
3654 1.1 skrll in shared libraries. We can't do anything
3655 1.1 skrll with them here. */
3656 1.1 skrll || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3657 1.1 skrll && h->def_dynamic)))
3658 1.1 skrll /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
3659 1.1.1.2 christos sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
3660 1.1.1.2 christos thus ld.so will not process them. */
3661 1.1 skrll || (sec->output_section == NULL
3662 1.1 skrll && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3663 1.1.1.9 christos && h->def_dynamic))
3664 1.1 skrll || (sec->output_section == NULL
3665 1.1.1.9 christos && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3666 1.1.1.4 christos || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
3667 1.1.1.3 christos ;
3668 1.1.1.3 christos else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
3669 1.1.1.3 christos relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
3670 1.1.1.3 christos + sec->output_section->vma
3671 1.1 skrll + sec->output_offset);
3672 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3673 1.1.1.6 christos && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
3674 1.1.1.7 christos input_section,
3675 1.1.1.7 christos rel->r_offset)
3676 1.1 skrll != (bfd_vma) -1))
3677 1.1 skrll {
3678 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3679 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3680 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3681 1.1.1.9 christos "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
3682 1.1 skrll input_bfd,
3683 1.1 skrll input_section,
3684 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3685 1.1.1.6 christos howto->name,
3686 1.1 skrll h->root.root.string);
3687 1.1 skrll return false;
3688 1.1 skrll }
3689 1.1.1.4 christos }
3690 1.1.1.9 christos else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3691 1.1.1.9 christos resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
3692 1.1.1.9 christos else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3693 1.1.1.9 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3694 1.1.1.9 christos ;
3695 1.1.1.9 christos else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3696 1.1.1.9 christos info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
3697 1.1 skrll (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
3698 1.1.1.3 christos rel->r_offset,
3699 1.1.1.2 christos (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
3700 1.1.1.3 christos && !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
3701 1.1 skrll || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
3702 1.1.1.4 christos }
3703 1.1 skrll
3704 1.1 skrll if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3705 1.1.1.2 christos RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3706 1.1.1.2 christos rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3707 1.1.1.2 christos
3708 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3709 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3710 1.1.1.2 christos
3711 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
3712 1.1.1.2 christos relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
3713 1.1.1.2 christos the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
3714 1.1.1.2 christos check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
3715 1.1 skrll if (sec != NULL)
3716 1.1 skrll check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3717 1.1 skrll sec->output_section);
3718 1.1 skrll else
3719 1.1 skrll check_segment[1] = -1;
3720 1.1 skrll
3721 1.1 skrll switch ((int) r_type)
3722 1.1 skrll {
3723 1.1 skrll final_link_relocate:
3724 1.1 skrll /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
3725 1.1 skrll R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
3726 1.1 skrll r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
3727 1.1 skrll contents, rel->r_offset,
3728 1.1 skrll relocation, addend);
3729 1.1 skrll break;
3730 1.1 skrll
3731 1.1 skrll case R_SH_IND12W:
3732 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
3733 1.1 skrll
3734 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3735 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
3736 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
3737 1.1 skrll /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
3738 1.1 skrll the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
3739 1.1 skrll is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
3740 1.1 skrll against the start of this section, then it's against an
3741 1.1 skrll external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
3742 1.1 skrll if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
3743 1.1 skrll != relocation)
3744 1.1 skrll {
3745 1.1 skrll int disp = (relocation
3746 1.1 skrll - input_section->output_section->vma
3747 1.1 skrll - input_section->output_offset
3748 1.1 skrll - rel->r_offset);
3749 1.1 skrll int mask = 0;
3750 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
3751 1.1 skrll {
3752 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3753 1.1.1.6 christos case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
3754 1.1.1.6 christos case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
3755 1.1.1.7 christos default: mask = 0; break;
3756 1.1.1.7 christos }
3757 1.1.1.6 christos if (disp & mask)
3758 1.1.1.7 christos {
3759 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
3760 1.1.1.9 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3761 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3762 1.1 skrll "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
3763 1.1 skrll input_section->owner,
3764 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
3765 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3766 1.1 skrll return false;
3767 1.1 skrll }
3768 1.1 skrll relocation -= 4;
3769 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
3770 1.1.1.9 christos }
3771 1.1 skrll r = bfd_reloc_ok;
3772 1.1 skrll break;
3773 1.1 skrll
3774 1.1 skrll default:
3775 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3776 1.1 skrll return false;
3777 1.1 skrll
3778 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR16:
3779 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8:
3780 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8U:
3781 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR8S:
3782 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR4U:
3783 1.1.1.6 christos goto final_link_relocate;
3784 1.1.1.6 christos
3785 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_DIR8UL:
3786 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_DIR4UL:
3787 1.1.1.7 christos if (relocation & 3)
3788 1.1.1.7 christos {
3789 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
3790 1.1.1.9 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3791 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3792 1.1 skrll "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
3793 1.1 skrll input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3794 1.1 skrll howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
3795 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3796 1.1 skrll return false;
3797 1.1 skrll }
3798 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
3799 1.1.1.6 christos
3800 1.1.1.6 christos case R_SH_DIR8UW:
3801 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_DIR8SW:
3802 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_DIR4UW:
3803 1.1.1.6 christos if (relocation & 1)
3804 1.1.1.7 christos {
3805 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3806 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3807 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3808 1.1 skrll "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
3809 1.1 skrll input_section->owner,
3810 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
3811 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) relocation);
3812 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3813 1.1 skrll return false;
3814 1.1 skrll }
3815 1.1.1.6 christos goto final_link_relocate;
3816 1.1.1.6 christos
3817 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_PSHA:
3818 1.1.1.7 christos if ((signed int)relocation < -32
3819 1.1.1.6 christos || (signed int)relocation > 32)
3820 1.1.1.7 christos {
3821 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3822 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3823 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
3824 1.1 skrll " not in range -32..32"),
3825 1.1 skrll input_section->owner,
3826 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3827 1.1 skrll (int64_t) relocation);
3828 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3829 1.1 skrll return false;
3830 1.1 skrll }
3831 1.1.1.6 christos goto final_link_relocate;
3832 1.1.1.6 christos
3833 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_PSHL:
3834 1.1.1.7 christos if ((signed int)relocation < -16
3835 1.1.1.6 christos || (signed int)relocation > 16)
3836 1.1.1.7 christos {
3837 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3838 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3839 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
3840 1.1 skrll " not in range -32..32"),
3841 1.1 skrll input_section->owner,
3842 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3843 1.1 skrll (int64_t) relocation);
3844 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3845 1.1.1.4 christos return false;
3846 1.1 skrll }
3847 1.1.1.6 christos goto final_link_relocate;
3848 1.1.1.6 christos
3849 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR32:
3850 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_REL32:
3851 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3852 1.1 skrll && (h == NULL
3853 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3854 1.1 skrll && !resolved_to_zero)
3855 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3856 1.1 skrll && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3857 1.1 skrll && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3858 1.1.1.9 christos && !is_vxworks_tls
3859 1.1 skrll && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3860 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3861 1.1 skrll {
3862 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3863 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
3864 1.1 skrll bool skip, relocate;
3865 1.1 skrll
3866 1.1.1.2 christos /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
3867 1.1.1.9 christos are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
3868 1.1.1.2 christos time. */
3869 1.1.1.9 christos
3870 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
3871 1.1 skrll {
3872 1.1.1.9 christos sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
3873 1.1.1.9 christos (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
3874 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
3875 1.1 skrll return false;
3876 1.1 skrll }
3877 1.1 skrll
3878 1.1 skrll skip = false;
3879 1.1.1.9 christos relocate = false;
3880 1.1 skrll
3881 1.1.1.9 christos outrel.r_offset =
3882 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
3883 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
3884 1.1 skrll if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3885 1.1 skrll skip = true;
3886 1.1 skrll else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3887 1.1 skrll skip = true, relocate = true;
3888 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3889 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset);
3890 1.1 skrll
3891 1.1 skrll if (skip)
3892 1.1 skrll memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
3893 1.1 skrll else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
3894 1.1 skrll {
3895 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
3896 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
3897 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend
3898 1.1.1.2 christos = (howto->partial_inplace
3899 1.1.1.2 christos ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3900 1.1.1.2 christos : addend);
3901 1.1.1.2 christos }
3902 1.1.1.2 christos else if (fdpic_p
3903 1.1.1.2 christos && (h == NULL
3904 1.1.1.2 christos || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3905 1.1.1.2 christos && h->def_regular)))
3906 1.1.1.2 christos {
3907 1.1.1.2 christos int dynindx;
3908 1.1.1.2 christos
3909 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
3910 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
3911 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3912 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3913 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3914 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend
3915 1.1 skrll += (howto->partial_inplace
3916 1.1 skrll ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3917 1.1 skrll : addend);
3918 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
3919 1.1 skrll }
3920 1.1 skrll else
3921 1.1 skrll {
3922 1.1 skrll /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3923 1.1 skrll become local. */
3924 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL
3925 1.1 skrll || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3926 1.1 skrll && h->def_regular))
3927 1.1 skrll {
3928 1.1 skrll relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
3929 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
3930 1.1 skrll }
3931 1.1 skrll else
3932 1.1 skrll {
3933 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3934 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3935 1.1 skrll }
3936 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3937 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend
3938 1.1 skrll += (howto->partial_inplace
3939 1.1 skrll ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3940 1.1 skrll : addend);
3941 1.1.1.2 christos }
3942 1.1.1.2 christos
3943 1.1 skrll loc = sreloc->contents;
3944 1.1 skrll loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3945 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
3946 1.1 skrll
3947 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3948 1.1 skrll
3949 1.1 skrll /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
3950 1.1.1.4 christos not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
3951 1.1.1.2 christos need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
3952 1.1.1.2 christos an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
3953 1.1.1.2 christos if (! relocate)
3954 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3955 1.1.1.2 christos }
3956 1.1.1.2 christos else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3957 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3958 1.1.1.2 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3959 1.1.1.2 christos {
3960 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset;
3961 1.1.1.6 christos
3962 1.1.1.6 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab);
3963 1.1.1.7 christos
3964 1.1.1.7 christos if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
3965 1.1.1.2 christos input_section->output_section))
3966 1.1.1.2 christos {
3967 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3968 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3969 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3970 1.1.1.2 christos "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
3971 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd,
3972 1.1.1.2 christos input_section,
3973 1.1.1.2 christos (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3974 1.1.1.2 christos symname);
3975 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
3976 1.1.1.2 christos }
3977 1.1.1.2 christos
3978 1.1.1.2 christos offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
3979 1.1.1.2 christos input_section, rel->r_offset);
3980 1.1.1.2 christos if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
3981 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3982 1.1.1.4 christos input_section->output_section->vma
3983 1.1.1.4 christos + input_section->output_offset
3984 1.1.1.4 christos + rel->r_offset);
3985 1.1.1.4 christos
3986 1.1.1.4 christos check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3987 1.1.1.4 christos }
3988 1.1 skrll /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
3989 1.1 skrll symbols. */
3990 1.1 skrll else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3991 1.1 skrll && h
3992 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3993 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3994 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
3995 1.1 skrll
3996 1.1.1.4 christos case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
3997 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3998 1.1 skrll procedure linkage table. */
3999 1.1 skrll
4000 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL
4001 1.1 skrll || h->forced_local
4002 1.1 skrll || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
4003 1.1 skrll || info->symbolic
4004 1.1 skrll || h->dynindx == -1
4005 1.1 skrll || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4006 1.1.1.2 christos || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4007 1.1 skrll goto force_got;
4008 1.1 skrll
4009 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4010 1.1 skrll offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4011 1.1 skrll
4012 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4013 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4014 1.1 skrll relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4015 1.1 skrll + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4016 1.1 skrll + 3) * 4);
4017 1.1 skrll
4018 1.1 skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4019 1.1 skrll relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4020 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4021 1.1 skrll
4022 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4023 1.1 skrll
4024 1.1.1.2 christos force_got:
4025 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOT32:
4026 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOT20:
4027 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4028 1.1 skrll offset table. */
4029 1.1 skrll
4030 1.1.1.9 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4031 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4032 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4033 1.1 skrll
4034 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
4035 1.1 skrll {
4036 1.1.1.4 christos bool dyn;
4037 1.1.1.4 christos
4038 1.1.1.4 christos off = h->got.offset;
4039 1.1.1.4 christos BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4040 1.1 skrll
4041 1.1.1.6 christos dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4042 1.1.1.6 christos if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4043 1.1 skrll bfd_link_pic (info),
4044 1.1 skrll h)
4045 1.1 skrll || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4046 1.1 skrll && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4047 1.1 skrll || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4048 1.1 skrll || resolved_to_zero)
4049 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4050 1.1 skrll {
4051 1.1 skrll /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4052 1.1 skrll -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4053 1.1 skrll locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4054 1.1 skrll because of a version file. We must initialize
4055 1.1 skrll this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4056 1.1 skrll offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4057 1.1 skrll least significant bit to record whether we have
4058 1.1 skrll initialized it already.
4059 1.1 skrll
4060 1.1 skrll When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4061 1.1 skrll relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4062 1.1 skrll is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4063 1.1.1.7 christos if ((off & 1) != 0)
4064 1.1.1.2 christos off &= ~1;
4065 1.1.1.2 christos else
4066 1.1.1.2 christos {
4067 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4068 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + off);
4069 1.1.1.2 christos h->got.offset |= 1;
4070 1.1.1.2 christos
4071 1.1.1.2 christos /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4072 1.1.1.2 christos symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4073 1.1.1.2 christos if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4074 1.1.1.2 christos && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4075 1.1 skrll && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4076 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4077 1.1 skrll sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4078 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->output_section->vma
4079 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4080 1.1 skrll + off);
4081 1.1 skrll }
4082 1.1 skrll }
4083 1.1 skrll
4084 1.1 skrll relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4085 1.1 skrll }
4086 1.1 skrll else
4087 1.1 skrll {
4088 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4089 1.1 skrll && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4090 1.1 skrll
4091 1.1 skrll off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4092 1.1 skrll
4093 1.1 skrll /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4094 1.1 skrll the least significant bit to record whether we have
4095 1.1 skrll already generated the necessary reloc. */
4096 1.1.1.4 christos if ((off & 1) != 0)
4097 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
4098 1.1 skrll else
4099 1.1 skrll {
4100 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4101 1.1 skrll
4102 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4103 1.1 skrll {
4104 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4105 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_byte *loc;
4106 1.1.1.2 christos
4107 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4108 1.1.1.2 christos + sgot->output_offset
4109 1.1.1.2 christos + off);
4110 1.1.1.2 christos if (fdpic_p)
4111 1.1.1.2 christos {
4112 1.1.1.2 christos int dynindx
4113 1.1.1.2 christos = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4114 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4115 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4116 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4117 1.1 skrll }
4118 1.1 skrll else
4119 1.1 skrll {
4120 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4121 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4122 1.1.1.2 christos }
4123 1.1.1.2 christos loc = srelgot->contents;
4124 1.1.1.2 christos loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4125 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4126 1.1.1.2 christos }
4127 1.1.1.2 christos else if (fdpic_p
4128 1.1 skrll && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4129 1.1.1.7 christos == GOT_NORMAL))
4130 1.1 skrll sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4131 1.1 skrll sgot->output_section->vma
4132 1.1.1.2 christos + sgot->output_offset
4133 1.1 skrll + off);
4134 1.1 skrll
4135 1.1 skrll local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4136 1.1 skrll }
4137 1.1 skrll
4138 1.1 skrll relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4139 1.1.1.2 christos }
4140 1.1.1.2 christos
4141 1.1.1.2 christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4142 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4143 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4144 1.1.1.2 christos
4145 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4146 1.1.1.2 christos {
4147 1.1.1.2 christos r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4148 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4149 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
4150 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4151 1.1.1.2 christos }
4152 1.1.1.2 christos else
4153 1.1.1.2 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4154 1.1.1.2 christos
4155 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4156 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4157 1.1.1.2 christos /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4158 1.1.1.2 christos we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4159 1.1.1.2 christos as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4160 1.1 skrll descriptors in front of it. */
4161 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4162 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4163 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4164 1.1 skrll relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4165 1.1 skrll + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4166 1.1 skrll
4167 1.1.1.2 christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4168 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4169 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4170 1.1.1.2 christos
4171 1.1.1.2 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4172 1.1.1.2 christos
4173 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4174 1.1.1.2 christos {
4175 1.1.1.2 christos r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4176 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4177 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
4178 1.1 skrll break;
4179 1.1 skrll }
4180 1.1.1.2 christos else
4181 1.1.1.2 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4182 1.1 skrll
4183 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTPC:
4184 1.1 skrll /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4185 1.1 skrll
4186 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4187 1.1 skrll relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4188 1.1 skrll
4189 1.1 skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4190 1.1 skrll relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4191 1.1 skrll #endif
4192 1.1 skrll
4193 1.1 skrll addend = rel->r_addend;
4194 1.1 skrll
4195 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4196 1.1 skrll
4197 1.1 skrll case R_SH_PLT32:
4198 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4199 1.1 skrll procedure linkage table. */
4200 1.1.1.2 christos
4201 1.1.1.2 christos /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4202 1.1.1.2 christos without using the procedure linkage table. */
4203 1.1.1.2 christos if (h == NULL)
4204 1.1.1.2 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4205 1.1.1.2 christos
4206 1.1.1.2 christos /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4207 1.1 skrll as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4208 1.1 skrll anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4209 1.1 skrll behavior. */
4210 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4211 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4212 1.1 skrll
4213 1.1 skrll if (h->forced_local)
4214 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4215 1.1 skrll
4216 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4217 1.1 skrll {
4218 1.1 skrll /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4219 1.1.1.2 christos happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4220 1.1 skrll using -Bsymbolic. */
4221 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4222 1.1 skrll }
4223 1.1 skrll
4224 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4225 1.1 skrll check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4226 1.1 skrll relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4227 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
4228 1.1.1.2 christos + h->plt.offset);
4229 1.1.1.2 christos
4230 1.1.1.2 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4231 1.1.1.2 christos
4232 1.1.1.2 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4233 1.1.1.2 christos
4234 1.1.1.2 christos /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4235 1.1.1.2 christos symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4236 1.1.1.2 christos entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4237 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4238 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4239 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4240 1.1.1.2 christos {
4241 1.1.1.2 christos int dynindx = -1;
4242 1.1.1.2 christos asection *reloc_section;
4243 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4244 1.1.1.2 christos int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4245 1.1.1.2 christos
4246 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4247 1.1.1.2 christos
4248 1.1.1.2 christos check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4249 1.1.1.2 christos
4250 1.1.1.2 christos /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4251 1.1.1.2 christos executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4252 1.1.1.2 christos to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4253 1.1.1.2 christos does. */
4254 1.1.1.2 christos
4255 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = 0;
4256 1.1.1.2 christos addend = 0;
4257 1.1.1.2 christos
4258 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4259 1.1.1.2 christos {
4260 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section = input_section;
4261 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4262 1.1.1.2 christos }
4263 1.1.1.2 christos else
4264 1.1.1.2 christos {
4265 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section = sgot;
4266 1.1.1.2 christos
4267 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
4268 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4269 1.1.1.2 christos else
4270 1.1.1.2 christos {
4271 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4272 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4273 1.1.1.2 christos }
4274 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4275 1.1.1.2 christos
4276 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc_offset & 1)
4277 1.1.1.2 christos {
4278 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_offset &= ~1;
4279 1.1.1.2 christos goto funcdesc_done_got;
4280 1.1.1.2 christos }
4281 1.1.1.2 christos }
4282 1.1.1.2 christos
4283 1.1.1.2 christos if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4284 1.1.1.2 christos && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4285 1.1.1.2 christos || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4286 1.1.1.2 christos /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4287 1.1.1.2 christos resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4288 1.1.1.2 christos goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4289 1.1.1.2 christos else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4290 1.1.1.2 christos && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4291 1.1.1.2 christos {
4292 1.1.1.2 christos /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4293 1.1.1.2 christos but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4294 1.1.1.2 christos protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4295 1.1.1.2 christos section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4296 1.1.1.2 christos linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4297 1.1.1.2 christos to our copy of the function anyway. */
4298 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4299 1.1.1.2 christos ->output_section)->dynindx;
4300 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4301 1.1.1.2 christos + h->root.u.def.value;
4302 1.1.1.2 christos }
4303 1.1.1.2 christos else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4304 1.1.1.2 christos {
4305 1.1.1.2 christos /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4306 1.1.1.2 christos symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4307 1.1.1.2 christos shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4308 1.1.1.2 christos the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4309 1.1.1.2 christos descriptor. */
4310 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4311 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
4312 1.1.1.2 christos }
4313 1.1.1.2 christos else
4314 1.1.1.2 christos {
4315 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset;
4316 1.1.1.2 christos
4317 1.1.1.2 christos /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4318 1.1.1.2 christos descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4319 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4320 1.1.1.2 christos dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4321 1.1.1.2 christos ->output_section)->dynindx;
4322 1.1.1.2 christos
4323 1.1.1.2 christos if (h)
4324 1.1.1.2 christos {
4325 1.1.1.9 christos offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4326 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4327 1.1.1.2 christos if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4328 1.1.1.2 christos {
4329 1.1.1.2 christos if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4330 1.1.1.2 christos offset, NULL, 0))
4331 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4332 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4333 1.1.1.2 christos }
4334 1.1.1.2 christos }
4335 1.1.1.2 christos else
4336 1.1.1.2 christos {
4337 1.1.1.2 christos union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4338 1.1.1.2 christos
4339 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4340 1.1.1.2 christos offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4341 1.1.1.9 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4342 1.1.1.2 christos if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4343 1.1.1.2 christos {
4344 1.1.1.2 christos if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4345 1.1.1.2 christos offset, sec,
4346 1.1.1.2 christos sym->st_value))
4347 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4348 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4349 1.1.1.4 christos }
4350 1.1.1.2 christos }
4351 1.1.1.2 christos
4352 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4353 1.1.1.2 christos }
4354 1.1.1.2 christos
4355 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4356 1.1.1.6 christos {
4357 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_vma offset;
4358 1.1.1.7 christos
4359 1.1.1.7 christos if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4360 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section->output_section))
4361 1.1.1.2 christos {
4362 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
4363 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4364 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4365 1.1.1.2 christos "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4366 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd,
4367 1.1.1.2 christos input_section,
4368 1.1.1.2 christos (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4369 1.1.1.2 christos symname);
4370 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4371 1.1.1.2 christos }
4372 1.1.1.2 christos
4373 1.1.1.2 christos offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4374 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4375 1.1.1.2 christos
4376 1.1.1.2 christos if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4377 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4378 1.1.1.2 christos offset
4379 1.1.1.2 christos + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4380 1.1.1.2 christos + reloc_section->output_offset);
4381 1.1.1.2 christos }
4382 1.1.1.2 christos else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4383 1.1.1.2 christos & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4384 1.1.1.2 christos {
4385 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset;
4386 1.1.1.2 christos
4387 1.1.1.2 christos if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4388 1.1.1.9 christos reloc_section->output_section))
4389 1.1.1.2 christos {
4390 1.1.1.2 christos info->callbacks->warning
4391 1.1.1.2 christos (info,
4392 1.1.1.2 christos _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4393 1.1.1.2 christos symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4394 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4395 1.1.1.2 christos }
4396 1.1.1.2 christos
4397 1.1.1.2 christos offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4398 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4399 1.1.1.2 christos
4400 1.1.1.2 christos if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4401 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4402 1.1.1.2 christos offset
4403 1.1.1.2 christos + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4404 1.1.1.2 christos + reloc_section->output_offset,
4405 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4406 1.1.1.2 christos
4407 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4408 1.1.1.2 christos {
4409 1.1.1.2 christos r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4410 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4411 1.1.1.2 christos }
4412 1.1.1.2 christos else
4413 1.1.1.2 christos {
4414 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = 0;
4415 1.1.1.2 christos goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4416 1.1.1.2 christos }
4417 1.1.1.2 christos }
4418 1.1.1.2 christos
4419 1.1.1.2 christos if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4420 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4421 1.1.1.2 christos funcdesc_leave_zero:
4422 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4423 1.1.1.2 christos {
4424 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4425 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4426 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
4427 1.1.1.2 christos h->got.offset |= 1;
4428 1.1.1.2 christos else
4429 1.1.1.2 christos local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4430 1.1.1.2 christos
4431 1.1.1.2 christos funcdesc_done_got:
4432 1.1.1.2 christos
4433 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4434 1.1.1.2 christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4435 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4436 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4437 1.1.1.2 christos }
4438 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4439 1.1.1.2 christos {
4440 1.1.1.2 christos r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4441 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4442 1.1.1.2 christos rel->r_offset);
4443 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4444 1.1.1.2 christos }
4445 1.1.1.2 christos else
4446 1.1.1.2 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4447 1.1.1.2 christos }
4448 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4449 1.1.1.2 christos
4450 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4451 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4452 1.1.1.2 christos /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4453 1.1.1.2 christos executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4454 1.1.1.2 christos ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4455 1.1.1.2 christos for them. */
4456 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4457 1.1.1.2 christos
4458 1.1.1.2 christos check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4459 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = 0;
4460 1.1.1.6 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4461 1.1.1.7 christos
4462 1.1.1.7 christos if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4463 1.1.1.7 christos || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4464 1.1.1.7 christos {
4465 1.1.1.9 christos _bfd_error_handler
4466 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4467 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4468 1.1.1.2 christos "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
4469 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4470 1.1.1.2 christos howto->name, h->root.root.string);
4471 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4472 1.1.1.2 christos }
4473 1.1.1.2 christos else
4474 1.1.1.2 christos {
4475 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset;
4476 1.1.1.2 christos
4477 1.1.1.2 christos /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4478 1.1.1.2 christos descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4479 1.1.1.2 christos if (h)
4480 1.1.1.2 christos {
4481 1.1.1.9 christos offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4482 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4483 1.1.1.2 christos if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4484 1.1.1.2 christos {
4485 1.1.1.2 christos if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4486 1.1.1.2 christos offset, NULL, 0))
4487 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4488 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4489 1.1.1.2 christos }
4490 1.1.1.2 christos }
4491 1.1.1.2 christos else
4492 1.1.1.2 christos {
4493 1.1.1.2 christos union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4494 1.1.1.2 christos
4495 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4496 1.1.1.2 christos offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4497 1.1.1.9 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4498 1.1.1.2 christos if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4499 1.1.1.2 christos {
4500 1.1.1.2 christos if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4501 1.1.1.2 christos offset, sec,
4502 1.1.1.2 christos sym->st_value))
4503 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
4504 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4505 1.1.1.2 christos }
4506 1.1.1.2 christos }
4507 1.1.1.2 christos
4508 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4509 1.1.1.2 christos }
4510 1.1.1.2 christos
4511 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
4512 1.1.1.2 christos + sgotplt->output_offset);
4513 1.1.1.2 christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4514 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4515 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4516 1.1.1.2 christos
4517 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
4518 1.1.1.2 christos {
4519 1.1.1.2 christos r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4520 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4521 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
4522 1.1 skrll break;
4523 1.1 skrll }
4524 1.1 skrll else
4525 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4526 1.1 skrll
4527 1.1 skrll case R_SH_LOOP_START:
4528 1.1 skrll {
4529 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma start, end;
4530 1.1 skrll
4531 1.1 skrll start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4532 1.1 skrll - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4533 1.1 skrll r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4534 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4535 1.1 skrll break;
4536 1.1 skrll
4537 1.1 skrll case R_SH_LOOP_END:
4538 1.1 skrll end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4539 1.1 skrll - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4540 1.1 skrll r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4541 1.1.1.2 christos rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4542 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4543 1.1 skrll }
4544 1.1.1.2 christos
4545 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
4546 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
4547 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4548 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4549 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
4550 1.1.1.4 christos got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
4551 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
4552 1.1 skrll got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
4553 1.1 skrll else if (h != NULL)
4554 1.1 skrll {
4555 1.1 skrll got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
4556 1.1.1.2 christos if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4557 1.1 skrll && (h->dynindx == -1
4558 1.1 skrll || h->def_regular))
4559 1.1 skrll r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
4560 1.1 skrll }
4561 1.1 skrll
4562 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4563 1.1 skrll r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
4564 1.1 skrll
4565 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
4566 1.1 skrll {
4567 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
4568 1.1 skrll unsigned short insn;
4569 1.1 skrll
4570 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4571 1.1 skrll {
4572 1.1 skrll /* GD->LE transition:
4573 1.1 skrll mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4574 1.1 skrll jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4575 1.1 skrll 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4576 1.1.1.8 christos We change it into:
4577 1.1.1.8 christos mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
4578 1.1.1.8 christos nop; nop; ...
4579 1.1.1.8 christos 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
4580 1.1.1.8 christos
4581 1.1.1.8 christos offset = rel->r_offset;
4582 1.1.1.9 christos if (offset < 16)
4583 1.1.1.8 christos {
4584 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4585 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4586 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4587 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4588 1.1 skrll return false;
4589 1.1 skrll }
4590 1.1 skrll
4591 1.1 skrll /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
4592 1.1 skrll offset -= 16;
4593 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4594 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4595 1.1.1.8 christos {
4596 1.1.1.8 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4597 1.1.1.8 christos offset -= 2;
4598 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4599 1.1.1.8 christos }
4600 1.1.1.8 christos
4601 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
4602 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4603 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */ /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection. */
4604 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
4605 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4606 1.1.1.8 christos
4607 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4608 1.1.1.8 christos
4609 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
4610 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4611 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4612 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
4613 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4614 1.1.1.8 christos
4615 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4616 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
4617 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4618 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4619 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
4620 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4621 1.1.1.8 christos
4622 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4623 1.1 skrll if (insn != 0x310c)
4624 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4625 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4626 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
4627 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4628 1.1.1.8 christos
4629 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4630 1.1 skrll if (insn != 0x410b)
4631 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4632 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4633 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
4634 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4635 1.1.1.8 christos
4636 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4637 1.1 skrll if (insn != 0x34cc)
4638 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
4639 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4640 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
4641 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4642 1.1 skrll
4643 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
4644 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
4645 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4646 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4647 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4648 1.1.1.8 christos }
4649 1.1.1.8 christos else
4650 1.1.1.8 christos {
4651 1.1.1.8 christos int target;
4652 1.1.1.8 christos
4653 1.1.1.8 christos /* IE->LE transition:
4654 1.1.1.8 christos mov.l 1f,r0;
4655 1.1.1.8 christos stc gbr,rN;
4656 1.1 skrll mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
4657 1.1.1.8 christos bra 2f;
4658 1.1.1.8 christos add ...;
4659 1.1.1.8 christos .align 2;
4660 1.1.1.8 christos 1: x@GOTTPOFF;
4661 1.1.1.8 christos 2:
4662 1.1.1.8 christos We change it into:
4663 1.1 skrll mov.l .Ln,rM;
4664 1.1 skrll stc gbr,rN;
4665 1.1.1.8 christos nop;
4666 1.1.1.8 christos ...;
4667 1.1.1.8 christos 1: x@TPOFF;
4668 1.1.1.8 christos 2:. */
4669 1.1.1.8 christos
4670 1.1.1.8 christos offset = rel->r_offset;
4671 1.1.1.9 christos if (offset < 16)
4672 1.1.1.8 christos {
4673 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4674 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4675 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4676 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4677 1.1 skrll return false;
4678 1.1 skrll }
4679 1.1 skrll
4680 1.1 skrll /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
4681 1.1 skrll offset -= 10;
4682 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4683 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
4684 1.1.1.8 christos {
4685 1.1.1.8 christos BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4686 1.1.1.8 christos offset -= 2;
4687 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4688 1.1.1.8 christos }
4689 1.1.1.8 christos
4690 1.1.1.2 christos if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
4691 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4692 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4693 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
4694 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4695 1.1.1.8 christos
4696 1.1.1.8 christos target = insn & 0x00ff;
4697 1.1.1.8 christos
4698 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4699 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
4700 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4701 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4702 1.1.1.8 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
4703 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
4704 1.1.1.8 christos
4705 1.1.1.8 christos insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4706 1.1.1.2 christos if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
4707 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
4708 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4709 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
4710 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
4711 1.1 skrll
4712 1.1 skrll insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
4713 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
4714 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4715 1.1 skrll }
4716 1.1.1.2 christos
4717 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4718 1.1 skrll contents + rel->r_offset);
4719 1.1 skrll continue;
4720 1.1 skrll }
4721 1.1 skrll
4722 1.1 skrll if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4723 1.1 skrll abort ();
4724 1.1 skrll
4725 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
4726 1.1 skrll off = h->got.offset;
4727 1.1 skrll else
4728 1.1 skrll {
4729 1.1 skrll if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4730 1.1 skrll abort ();
4731 1.1 skrll
4732 1.1 skrll off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4733 1.1 skrll }
4734 1.1 skrll
4735 1.1 skrll /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
4736 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
4737 1.1 skrll && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
4738 1.1 skrll {
4739 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
4740 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4741 1.1 skrll sgot->contents + off);
4742 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4743 1.1 skrll contents + rel->r_offset);
4744 1.1 skrll continue;
4745 1.1 skrll }
4746 1.1 skrll
4747 1.1 skrll if ((off & 1) != 0)
4748 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
4749 1.1 skrll else
4750 1.1 skrll {
4751 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4752 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4753 1.1 skrll int dr_type, indx;
4754 1.1 skrll
4755 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4756 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset + off);
4757 1.1 skrll
4758 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4759 1.1 skrll indx = 0;
4760 1.1 skrll else
4761 1.1 skrll indx = h->dynindx;
4762 1.1 skrll
4763 1.1 skrll dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
4764 1.1 skrll R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4765 1.1 skrll if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
4766 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4767 1.1 skrll else
4768 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = 0;
4769 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
4770 1.1 skrll loc = srelgot->contents;
4771 1.1 skrll loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4772 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4773 1.1 skrll
4774 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4775 1.1 skrll {
4776 1.1 skrll if (indx == 0)
4777 1.1 skrll {
4778 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4779 1.1 skrll relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
4780 1.1 skrll sgot->contents + off + 4);
4781 1.1 skrll }
4782 1.1 skrll else
4783 1.1 skrll {
4784 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
4785 1.1 skrll R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
4786 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset += 4;
4787 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = 0;
4788 1.1 skrll srelgot->reloc_count++;
4789 1.1 skrll loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4790 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4791 1.1 skrll }
4792 1.1 skrll }
4793 1.1 skrll
4794 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
4795 1.1 skrll h->got.offset |= 1;
4796 1.1 skrll else
4797 1.1 skrll local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4798 1.1.1.2 christos }
4799 1.1 skrll
4800 1.1 skrll if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
4801 1.1 skrll abort ();
4802 1.1 skrll
4803 1.1 skrll if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4804 1.1 skrll relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4805 1.1 skrll else
4806 1.1 skrll {
4807 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
4808 1.1 skrll unsigned short insn;
4809 1.1 skrll
4810 1.1 skrll /* GD->IE transition:
4811 1.1 skrll mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4812 1.1 skrll jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4813 1.1 skrll 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4814 1.1.1.8 christos We change it into:
4815 1.1.1.8 christos mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
4816 1.1.1.8 christos nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4817 1.1.1.8 christos 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
4818 1.1.1.8 christos
4819 1.1.1.8 christos offset = rel->r_offset;
4820 1.1.1.9 christos if (offset < 16)
4821 1.1.1.8 christos {
4822 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4823 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4824 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4825 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4826 1.1 skrll return false;
4827 1.1 skrll }
4828 1.1 skrll
4829 1.1 skrll /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
4830 1.1 skrll offset -= 16;
4831 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4832 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4833 1.1 skrll {
4834 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4835 1.1 skrll offset -= 2;
4836 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4837 1.1 skrll }
4838 1.1 skrll
4839 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4840 1.1 skrll
4841 1.1 skrll /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
4842 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
4843 1.1 skrll
4844 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4845 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4846 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4847 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4848 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4849 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4850 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4851 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4852 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4853 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4854 1.1 skrll
4855 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
4856 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
4857 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
4858 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4859 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4860 1.1 skrll
4861 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4862 1.1 skrll contents + rel->r_offset);
4863 1.1 skrll
4864 1.1 skrll continue;
4865 1.1 skrll }
4866 1.1.1.2 christos
4867 1.1.1.2 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4868 1.1.1.4 christos
4869 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4870 1.1 skrll
4871 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
4872 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4873 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4874 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4875 1.1 skrll {
4876 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
4877 1.1 skrll unsigned short insn;
4878 1.1 skrll
4879 1.1 skrll /* LD->LE transition:
4880 1.1 skrll mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4881 1.1 skrll jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4882 1.1.1.8 christos 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4883 1.1.1.8 christos We change it into:
4884 1.1.1.8 christos stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
4885 1.1.1.8 christos nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
4886 1.1.1.8 christos
4887 1.1.1.8 christos offset = rel->r_offset;
4888 1.1.1.9 christos if (offset < 16)
4889 1.1.1.8 christos {
4890 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler
4891 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
4892 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4893 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4894 1.1 skrll return false;
4895 1.1 skrll }
4896 1.1 skrll
4897 1.1 skrll /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
4898 1.1 skrll offset -= 16;
4899 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4900 1.1 skrll if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4901 1.1 skrll {
4902 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4903 1.1 skrll offset -= 2;
4904 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4905 1.1 skrll }
4906 1.1 skrll
4907 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4908 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4909 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4910 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4911 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4912 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4913 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4914 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4915 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4916 1.1 skrll insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4917 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4918 1.1 skrll
4919 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
4920 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
4921 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4922 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4923 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4924 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4925 1.1 skrll
4926 1.1 skrll continue;
4927 1.1 skrll }
4928 1.1 skrll
4929 1.1 skrll if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4930 1.1 skrll abort ();
4931 1.1 skrll
4932 1.1 skrll off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
4933 1.1 skrll if (off & 1)
4934 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
4935 1.1 skrll else
4936 1.1 skrll {
4937 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4938 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4939 1.1 skrll
4940 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4941 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset + off);
4942 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = 0;
4943 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4944 1.1.1.2 christos loc = srelgot->contents;
4945 1.1 skrll loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4946 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4947 1.1 skrll htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
4948 1.1 skrll }
4949 1.1 skrll
4950 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4951 1.1.1.4 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4952 1.1 skrll
4953 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4954 1.1 skrll
4955 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
4956 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4957 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4958 1.1 skrll relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4959 1.1 skrll else
4960 1.1 skrll relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
4961 1.1 skrll
4962 1.1 skrll addend = rel->r_addend;
4963 1.1 skrll goto final_link_relocate;
4964 1.1 skrll
4965 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
4966 1.1.1.2 christos {
4967 1.1.1.4 christos int indx;
4968 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4969 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4970 1.1 skrll
4971 1.1 skrll check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4972 1.1 skrll
4973 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
4974 1.1 skrll {
4975 1.1 skrll relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4976 1.1.1.2 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
4977 1.1.1.9 christos goto final_link_relocate;
4978 1.1.1.2 christos }
4979 1.1.1.9 christos
4980 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
4981 1.1 skrll {
4982 1.1 skrll sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4983 1.1 skrll (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
4984 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
4985 1.1 skrll return false;
4986 1.1 skrll }
4987 1.1 skrll
4988 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4989 1.1 skrll indx = 0;
4990 1.1 skrll else
4991 1.1 skrll indx = h->dynindx;
4992 1.1 skrll
4993 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4994 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset
4995 1.1 skrll + rel->r_offset);
4996 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4997 1.1 skrll if (indx == 0)
4998 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4999 1.1 skrll else
5000 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = 0;
5001 1.1 skrll
5002 1.1 skrll loc = sreloc->contents;
5003 1.1 skrll loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5004 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5005 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
5006 1.1.1.2 christos }
5007 1.1.1.2 christos }
5008 1.1.1.2 christos
5009 1.1.1.2 christos relocation_done:
5010 1.1.1.4 christos if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5011 1.1.1.2 christos && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5012 1.1.1.2 christos {
5013 1.1.1.6 christos /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5014 1.1.1.10 christos if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5015 1.1.1.2 christos {
5016 1.1.1.9 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5017 1.1.1.2 christos {
5018 1.1.1.2 christos info->callbacks->einfo
5019 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5020 1.1.1.6 christos (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5021 1.1.1.10 christos input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5022 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
5023 1.1.1.2 christos }
5024 1.1.1.2 christos else
5025 1.1.1.4 christos info->callbacks->einfo
5026 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5027 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5028 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5029 1.1 skrll }
5030 1.1 skrll
5031 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5032 1.1 skrll }
5033 1.1 skrll
5034 1.1 skrll if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5035 1.1 skrll {
5036 1.1 skrll switch (r)
5037 1.1 skrll {
5038 1.1 skrll default:
5039 1.1 skrll case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5040 1.1 skrll abort ();
5041 1.1 skrll case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5042 1.1 skrll {
5043 1.1 skrll const char *name;
5044 1.1 skrll
5045 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
5046 1.1.1.9 christos name = NULL;
5047 1.1 skrll else
5048 1.1.1.8 christos {
5049 1.1 skrll name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5050 1.1.1.5 christos (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5051 1.1.1.5 christos if (name == NULL)
5052 1.1.1.5 christos return false;
5053 1.1 skrll if (*name == '\0')
5054 1.1 skrll name = bfd_section_name (sec);
5055 1.1 skrll }
5056 1.1 skrll (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5057 1.1 skrll (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5058 1.1 skrll (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5059 1.1.1.9 christos }
5060 1.1 skrll break;
5061 1.1 skrll }
5062 1.1 skrll }
5063 1.1 skrll }
5064 1.1 skrll
5065 1.1 skrll return true;
5066 1.1 skrll }
5067 1.1 skrll
5068 1.1 skrll /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5069 1.1 skrll which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5070 1.1.1.9 christos
5071 1.1 skrll static bfd_byte *
5072 1.1 skrll sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5073 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5074 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5075 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *data,
5076 1.1 skrll bool relocatable,
5077 1.1 skrll asymbol **symbols)
5078 1.1 skrll {
5079 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5080 1.1 skrll asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5081 1.1 skrll bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5082 1.1 skrll asection **sections = NULL;
5083 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5084 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5085 1.1 skrll
5086 1.1 skrll /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5087 1.1 skrll particular set of section contents, specially. */
5088 1.1 skrll if (relocatable
5089 1.1 skrll || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5090 1.1 skrll return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5091 1.1.1.10 christos link_order, data,
5092 1.1.1.10 christos relocatable,
5093 1.1.1.10 christos symbols);
5094 1.1.1.10 christos
5095 1.1.1.10 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5096 1.1.1.10 christos
5097 1.1.1.10 christos bfd_byte *orig_data = data;
5098 1.1 skrll if (data == NULL)
5099 1.1 skrll {
5100 1.1 skrll data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size);
5101 1.1 skrll if (data == NULL)
5102 1.1 skrll return NULL;
5103 1.1 skrll }
5104 1.1 skrll memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5105 1.1 skrll (size_t) input_section->size);
5106 1.1 skrll
5107 1.1 skrll if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5108 1.1 skrll && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5109 1.1 skrll {
5110 1.1.1.9 christos asection **secpp;
5111 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5112 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt;
5113 1.1 skrll
5114 1.1 skrll internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5115 1.1 skrll (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5116 1.1 skrll (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
5117 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5118 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
5119 1.1 skrll
5120 1.1 skrll if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5121 1.1 skrll {
5122 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5123 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
5124 1.1 skrll isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5125 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5126 1.1 skrll NULL, NULL, NULL);
5127 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
5128 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
5129 1.1 skrll }
5130 1.1 skrll
5131 1.1 skrll amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5132 1.1 skrll amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5133 1.1 skrll sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5134 1.1 skrll if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5135 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
5136 1.1 skrll
5137 1.1 skrll isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5138 1.1 skrll for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5139 1.1 skrll {
5140 1.1 skrll asection *isec;
5141 1.1 skrll
5142 1.1 skrll if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5143 1.1 skrll isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5144 1.1 skrll else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5145 1.1 skrll isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5146 1.1 skrll else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5147 1.1 skrll isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5148 1.1 skrll else
5149 1.1 skrll isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5150 1.1 skrll
5151 1.1 skrll *secpp = isec;
5152 1.1 skrll }
5153 1.1.1.9 christos
5154 1.1.1.9 christos if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5155 1.1 skrll input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5156 1.1 skrll isymbuf, sections))
5157 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
5158 1.1 skrll
5159 1.1 skrll free (sections);
5160 1.1 skrll if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5161 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
5162 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5163 1.1.1.9 christos free (internal_relocs);
5164 1.1.1.9 christos }
5165 1.1 skrll
5166 1.1.1.9 christos return data;
5167 1.1 skrll
5168 1.1.1.10 christos error_return:
5169 1.1.1.10 christos free (sections);
5170 1.1 skrll if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5171 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
5172 1.1 skrll if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5173 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
5174 1.1 skrll if (orig_data == NULL)
5175 1.1 skrll free (data);
5176 1.1 skrll return NULL;
5177 1.1 skrll }
5178 1.1 skrll
5179 1.1 skrll /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5180 1.1 skrll when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5181 1.1 skrll This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5182 1.1 skrll
5183 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
5184 1.1 skrll dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5185 1.1 skrll {
5186 1.1 skrll /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5187 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5188 1.1 skrll return 0;
5189 1.1 skrll return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5190 1.1 skrll }
5191 1.1 skrll
5192 1.1 skrll /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5193 1.1 skrll
5194 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
5195 1.1 skrll tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5196 1.1 skrll {
5197 1.1 skrll /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5198 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5199 1.1 skrll return 0;
5200 1.1 skrll /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5201 1.1 skrll structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5202 1.1 skrll return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5203 1.1 skrll + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5204 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5205 1.1 skrll }
5206 1.1 skrll
5207 1.1 skrll static asection *
5208 1.1 skrll sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5209 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
5210 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5211 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5212 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5213 1.1 skrll {
5214 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
5215 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5216 1.1 skrll {
5217 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5218 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5219 1.1 skrll return NULL;
5220 1.1 skrll }
5221 1.1 skrll
5222 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5223 1.1 skrll }
5224 1.1 skrll
5225 1.1 skrll /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5226 1.1 skrll
5227 1.1 skrll static void
5228 1.1 skrll sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5229 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5230 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5231 1.1 skrll {
5232 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5233 1.1.1.2 christos
5234 1.1.1.4 christos edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5235 1.1.1.2 christos eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5236 1.1.1.4 christos
5237 1.1 skrll edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5238 1.1 skrll eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5239 1.1 skrll edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5240 1.1 skrll eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5241 1.1.1.2 christos edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5242 1.1.1.2 christos eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5243 1.1 skrll
5244 1.1 skrll if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5245 1.1 skrll && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5246 1.1 skrll {
5247 1.1 skrll edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5248 1.1 skrll eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5249 1.1 skrll }
5250 1.1 skrll
5251 1.1.1.6 christos if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5252 1.1.1.6 christos && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5253 1.1 skrll {
5254 1.1 skrll /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5255 1.1 skrll of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5256 1.1 skrll We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5257 1.1 skrll if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
5258 1.1 skrll dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5259 1.1 skrll dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5260 1.1 skrll dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5261 1.1 skrll dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5262 1.1 skrll }
5263 1.1 skrll else
5264 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5265 1.1.1.4 christos }
5266 1.1 skrll
5267 1.1 skrll static int
5268 1.1 skrll sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5269 1.1 skrll int is_local)
5270 1.1 skrll {
5271 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5272 1.1 skrll return r_type;
5273 1.1 skrll
5274 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
5275 1.1 skrll {
5276 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5277 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5278 1.1 skrll if (is_local)
5279 1.1 skrll return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5280 1.1 skrll return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5281 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5282 1.1 skrll return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5283 1.1 skrll }
5284 1.1 skrll
5285 1.1 skrll return r_type;
5286 1.1.1.9 christos }
5287 1.1 skrll
5288 1.1 skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5289 1.1 skrll Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5290 1.1 skrll virtual table relocs for gc. */
5291 1.1 skrll
5292 1.1 skrll static bool
5293 1.1 skrll sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5294 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5295 1.1 skrll {
5296 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5297 1.1.1.3 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5298 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5299 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5300 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5301 1.1.1.4 christos asection *sreloc;
5302 1.1.1.9 christos unsigned int r_type;
5303 1.1.1.6 christos enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5304 1.1 skrll
5305 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
5306 1.1 skrll
5307 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5308 1.1 skrll return true;
5309 1.1 skrll
5310 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5311 1.1.1.9 christos
5312 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5313 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5314 1.1 skrll
5315 1.1 skrll htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5316 1.1 skrll if (htab == NULL)
5317 1.1 skrll return false;
5318 1.1 skrll
5319 1.1 skrll rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5320 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5321 1.1 skrll {
5322 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5323 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
5324 1.1 skrll
5325 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5326 1.1 skrll r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5327 1.1 skrll
5328 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5329 1.1.1.7 christos h = NULL;
5330 1.1 skrll else
5331 1.1 skrll {
5332 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5333 1.1.1.4 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5334 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5335 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5336 1.1 skrll }
5337 1.1 skrll
5338 1.1 skrll r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5339 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5340 1.1 skrll && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5341 1.1 skrll && h != NULL
5342 1.1.1.2 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5343 1.1.1.2 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5344 1.1.1.2 christos && (h->dynindx == -1
5345 1.1.1.2 christos || h->def_regular))
5346 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5347 1.1.1.2 christos
5348 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
5349 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
5350 1.1.1.2 christos {
5351 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5352 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5353 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5354 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5355 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5356 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
5357 1.1.1.2 christos {
5358 1.1.1.2 christos if (h->dynindx == -1)
5359 1.1.1.2 christos switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5360 1.1.1.2 christos {
5361 1.1.1.2 christos case STV_INTERNAL:
5362 1.1.1.2 christos case STV_HIDDEN:
5363 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5364 1.1.1.2 christos default:
5365 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5366 1.1 skrll break;
5367 1.1.1.6 christos }
5368 1.1 skrll }
5369 1.1 skrll break;
5370 1.1 skrll }
5371 1.1.1.2 christos
5372 1.1.1.2 christos /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5373 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
5374 1.1.1.2 christos {
5375 1.1.1.6 christos switch (r_type)
5376 1.1 skrll {
5377 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR32:
5378 1.1.1.2 christos /* This may require an rofixup. */
5379 1.1 skrll if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5380 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5381 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
5382 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5383 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOT32:
5384 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOT20:
5385 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5386 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5387 1.1 skrll case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5388 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5389 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5390 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5391 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5392 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTPC:
5393 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5394 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5395 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5396 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5397 1.1 skrll htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5398 1.1 skrll if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5399 1.1 skrll return false;
5400 1.1 skrll break;
5401 1.1 skrll
5402 1.1 skrll default:
5403 1.1 skrll break;
5404 1.1 skrll }
5405 1.1 skrll }
5406 1.1 skrll
5407 1.1.1.9 christos switch (r_type)
5408 1.1 skrll {
5409 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5410 1.1 skrll Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5411 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5412 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5413 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
5414 1.1.1.9 christos break;
5415 1.1 skrll
5416 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5417 1.1 skrll used. Record for later use during GC. */
5418 1.1.1.4 christos case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5419 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5420 1.1 skrll return false;
5421 1.1 skrll break;
5422 1.1 skrll
5423 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5424 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5425 1.1.1.2 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5426 1.1.1.2 christos
5427 1.1.1.2 christos /* FALLTHROUGH */
5428 1.1 skrll force_got:
5429 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5430 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOT32:
5431 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOT20:
5432 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5433 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5434 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
5435 1.1 skrll {
5436 1.1 skrll default:
5437 1.1.1.2 christos got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5438 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5439 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5440 1.1.1.2 christos got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5441 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5442 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5443 1.1 skrll got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5444 1.1 skrll break;
5445 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5446 1.1 skrll case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5447 1.1.1.7 christos got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
5448 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5449 1.1 skrll }
5450 1.1 skrll
5451 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
5452 1.1 skrll {
5453 1.1 skrll h->got.refcount += 1;
5454 1.1 skrll old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5455 1.1 skrll }
5456 1.1 skrll else
5457 1.1 skrll {
5458 1.1 skrll bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5459 1.1 skrll
5460 1.1 skrll /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
5461 1.1 skrll symbol. */
5462 1.1 skrll local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5463 1.1 skrll if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5464 1.1 skrll {
5465 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type size;
5466 1.1 skrll
5467 1.1.1.9 christos size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5468 1.1 skrll size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
5469 1.1.1.2 christos size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5470 1.1 skrll local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
5471 1.1 skrll bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
5472 1.1.1.7 christos if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5473 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
5474 1.1 skrll elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
5475 1.1 skrll sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
5476 1.1 skrll = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
5477 1.1 skrll }
5478 1.1.1.2 christos local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
5479 1.1.1.2 christos old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
5480 1.1 skrll }
5481 1.1.1.2 christos
5482 1.1.1.2 christos /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
5483 1.1 skrll there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
5484 1.1 skrll if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
5485 1.1.1.2 christos && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
5486 1.1.1.2 christos {
5487 1.1.1.6 christos if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
5488 1.1.1.6 christos got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5489 1.1.1.7 christos else
5490 1.1.1.2 christos {
5491 1.1.1.2 christos if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5492 1.1.1.2 christos && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
5493 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
5494 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5495 1.1.1.7 christos (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5496 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, h->root.root.string);
5497 1.1.1.2 christos else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
5498 1.1.1.6 christos || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5499 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
5500 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5501 1.1.1.6 christos (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5502 1.1.1.9 christos abfd, h->root.root.string);
5503 1.1 skrll else
5504 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
5505 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
5506 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
5507 1.1 skrll abfd, h->root.root.string);
5508 1.1 skrll return false;
5509 1.1.1.2 christos }
5510 1.1 skrll }
5511 1.1.1.2 christos
5512 1.1 skrll if (old_got_type != got_type)
5513 1.1 skrll {
5514 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
5515 1.1 skrll sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
5516 1.1 skrll else
5517 1.1 skrll sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
5518 1.1 skrll }
5519 1.1 skrll
5520 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5521 1.1.1.2 christos
5522 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5523 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
5524 1.1.1.2 christos break;
5525 1.1.1.6 christos
5526 1.1.1.7 christos case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5527 1.1.1.2 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5528 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5529 1.1.1.2 christos if (rel->r_addend)
5530 1.1.1.2 christos {
5531 1.1.1.2 christos _bfd_error_handler
5532 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
5533 1.1.1.2 christos abfd);
5534 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
5535 1.1.1.2 christos }
5536 1.1.1.2 christos
5537 1.1.1.2 christos if (h == NULL)
5538 1.1.1.2 christos {
5539 1.1.1.2 christos union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5540 1.1.1.2 christos
5541 1.1.1.2 christos /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
5542 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5543 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5544 1.1.1.9 christos {
5545 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_size_type size;
5546 1.1.1.2 christos
5547 1.1.1.2 christos size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
5548 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
5549 1.1.1.2 christos if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5550 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
5551 1.1.1.4 christos sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
5552 1.1.1.2 christos }
5553 1.1.1.2 christos local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
5554 1.1.1.6 christos
5555 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5556 1.1.1.2 christos {
5557 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
5558 1.1.1.2 christos htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5559 1.1.1.2 christos else
5560 1.1.1.2 christos htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5561 1.1.1.2 christos }
5562 1.1.1.2 christos }
5563 1.1.1.2 christos else
5564 1.1.1.2 christos {
5565 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
5566 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5567 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
5568 1.1.1.2 christos
5569 1.1.1.6 christos /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
5570 1.1.1.6 christos there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
5571 1.1.1.7 christos old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5572 1.1.1.2 christos if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
5573 1.1.1.2 christos {
5574 1.1.1.6 christos if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
5575 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
5576 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5577 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5578 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, h->root.root.string);
5579 1.1.1.2 christos else
5580 1.1.1.2 christos _bfd_error_handler
5581 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5582 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5583 1.1 skrll abfd, h->root.root.string);
5584 1.1 skrll }
5585 1.1 skrll }
5586 1.1 skrll break;
5587 1.1 skrll
5588 1.1.1.4 christos case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5589 1.1 skrll /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5590 1.1 skrll creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
5591 1.1 skrll
5592 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL
5593 1.1 skrll || h->forced_local
5594 1.1 skrll || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
5595 1.1 skrll || info->symbolic
5596 1.1 skrll || h->dynindx == -1)
5597 1.1 skrll goto force_got;
5598 1.1 skrll
5599 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
5600 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount += 1;
5601 1.1 skrll ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
5602 1.1 skrll
5603 1.1 skrll break;
5604 1.1 skrll
5605 1.1 skrll case R_SH_PLT32:
5606 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
5607 1.1 skrll actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
5608 1.1 skrll because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
5609 1.1 skrll never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
5610 1.1 skrll don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
5611 1.1 skrll after all. */
5612 1.1 skrll
5613 1.1 skrll /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5614 1.1 skrll creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
5615 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
5616 1.1 skrll continue;
5617 1.1 skrll
5618 1.1 skrll if (h->forced_local)
5619 1.1 skrll break;
5620 1.1 skrll
5621 1.1.1.4 christos h->needs_plt = 1;
5622 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount += 1;
5623 1.1 skrll break;
5624 1.1 skrll
5625 1.1 skrll case R_SH_DIR32:
5626 1.1 skrll case R_SH_REL32:
5627 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
5628 1.1 skrll {
5629 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = 1;
5630 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount += 1;
5631 1.1 skrll }
5632 1.1 skrll
5633 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5634 1.1 skrll against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5635 1.1 skrll against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5636 1.1 skrll into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5637 1.1 skrll -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5638 1.1 skrll global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5639 1.1 skrll including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5640 1.1 skrll this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5641 1.1 skrll possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5642 1.1 skrll later (it is never cleared). We account for that
5643 1.1 skrll possibility below by storing information in the
5644 1.1 skrll dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
5645 1.1 skrll situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
5646 1.1.1.4 christos visibility changes render the symbol local.
5647 1.1 skrll
5648 1.1 skrll If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5649 1.1 skrll may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5650 1.1 skrll dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5651 1.1 skrll symbol. */
5652 1.1 skrll if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5653 1.1.1.4 christos && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5654 1.1 skrll && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
5655 1.1 skrll || (h != NULL
5656 1.1 skrll && (! info->symbolic
5657 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5658 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular))))
5659 1.1.1.6 christos || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5660 1.1.1.6 christos && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5661 1.1 skrll && h != NULL
5662 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5663 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular)))
5664 1.1 skrll {
5665 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5666 1.1 skrll struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
5667 1.1 skrll
5668 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5669 1.1 skrll htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5670 1.1.1.2 christos
5671 1.1.1.9 christos /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5672 1.1 skrll reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
5673 1.1 skrll section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
5674 1.1.1.9 christos if (sreloc == NULL)
5675 1.1 skrll {
5676 1.1 skrll sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5677 1.1 skrll (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
5678 1.1 skrll
5679 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
5680 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
5681 1.1 skrll }
5682 1.1 skrll
5683 1.1.1.2 christos /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5684 1.1 skrll relocations we need for this symbol. */
5685 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
5686 1.1.1.2 christos head = &h->dyn_relocs;
5687 1.1 skrll else
5688 1.1.1.9 christos {
5689 1.1.1.2 christos /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
5690 1.1.1.2 christos asection *s;
5691 1.1.1.9 christos void *vpp;
5692 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5693 1.1.1.2 christos
5694 1.1.1.2 christos isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
5695 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, r_symndx);
5696 1.1.1.2 christos if (isym == NULL)
5697 1.1 skrll return false;
5698 1.1.1.6 christos
5699 1.1 skrll s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5700 1.1 skrll if (s == NULL)
5701 1.1 skrll s = sec;
5702 1.1 skrll
5703 1.1 skrll vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
5704 1.1.1.9 christos head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
5705 1.1 skrll }
5706 1.1 skrll
5707 1.1.1.9 christos p = *head;
5708 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
5709 1.1 skrll {
5710 1.1 skrll size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
5711 1.1 skrll p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
5712 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
5713 1.1 skrll return false;
5714 1.1 skrll p->next = *head;
5715 1.1 skrll *head = p;
5716 1.1.1.7 christos p->sec = sec;
5717 1.1 skrll p->count = 0;
5718 1.1 skrll p->pc_count = 0;
5719 1.1 skrll }
5720 1.1.1.2 christos
5721 1.1.1.2 christos p->count += 1;
5722 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
5723 1.1.1.4 christos p->pc_count += 1;
5724 1.1.1.2 christos }
5725 1.1.1.2 christos
5726 1.1.1.2 christos /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
5727 1.1 skrll If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
5728 1.1 skrll fixup. */
5729 1.1 skrll if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5730 1.1.1.4 christos && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
5731 1.1 skrll && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5732 1.1.1.6 christos htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5733 1.1.1.7 christos break;
5734 1.1 skrll
5735 1.1.1.9 christos case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5736 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5737 1.1 skrll {
5738 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler
5739 1.1 skrll (_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
5740 1.1 skrll abfd);
5741 1.1 skrll return false;
5742 1.1 skrll }
5743 1.1 skrll
5744 1.1 skrll break;
5745 1.1 skrll
5746 1.1 skrll case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5747 1.1 skrll /* Nothing to do. */
5748 1.1 skrll break;
5749 1.1.1.9 christos
5750 1.1 skrll default:
5751 1.1 skrll break;
5752 1.1 skrll }
5753 1.1 skrll }
5754 1.1 skrll
5755 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
5756 1.1 skrll }
5757 1.1 skrll
5758 1.1 skrll #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
5759 1.1 skrll static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
5760 1.1.1.6 christos
5761 1.1.1.9 christos static bool
5762 1.1 skrll sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
5763 1.1 skrll {
5764 1.1.1.9 christos flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5765 1.1.1.4 christos
5766 1.1 skrll if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
5767 1.1 skrll return false;
5768 1.1.1.9 christos
5769 1.1 skrll if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
5770 1.1 skrll return false;
5771 1.1 skrll
5772 1.1 skrll bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
5773 1.1 skrll
5774 1.1 skrll return true;
5775 1.1 skrll }
5776 1.1 skrll
5777 1.1 skrll
5778 1.1 skrll /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
5779 1.1 skrll Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
5780 1.1 skrll return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
5781 1.1.1.4 christos Return -1 if no match is found. */
5782 1.1 skrll
5783 1.1 skrll int
5784 1.1 skrll sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
5785 1.1.1.4 christos {
5786 1.1 skrll int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
5787 1.1 skrll
5788 1.1 skrll for (; i>0; i--)
5789 1.1 skrll if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
5790 1.1 skrll return i;
5791 1.1 skrll
5792 1.1 skrll /* shouldn't get here */
5793 1.1 skrll BFD_FAIL();
5794 1.1 skrll
5795 1.1 skrll return -1;
5796 1.1.1.9 christos }
5797 1.1 skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
5798 1.1 skrll
5799 1.1 skrll #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
5800 1.1.1.9 christos /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
5801 1.1 skrll
5802 1.1.1.4 christos static bool
5803 1.1.1.9 christos sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
5804 1.1.1.2 christos {
5805 1.1.1.4 christos if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
5806 1.1 skrll return true;
5807 1.1 skrll
5808 1.1 skrll if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5809 1.1 skrll return false;
5810 1.1 skrll
5811 1.1 skrll return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5812 1.1 skrll }
5813 1.1 skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
5814 1.1 skrll
5815 1.1 skrll #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
5816 1.1 skrll
5817 1.1 skrll /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
5818 1.1 skrll corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
5819 1.1 skrll
5820 1.1 skrll int
5821 1.1 skrll sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
5822 1.1 skrll {
5823 1.1.1.6 christos extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
5824 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
5825 1.1.1.6 christos
5826 1.1.1.6 christos return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
5827 1.1.1.6 christos }
5828 1.1.1.6 christos
5829 1.1.1.6 christos /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
5830 1.1.1.9 christos resultant architecture supports all the features required
5831 1.1.1.6 christos by the two input BFDs.
5832 1.1.1.6 christos If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
5833 1.1.1.6 christos DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
5834 1.1.1.6 christos that fits the requirements then an error is emitted. */
5835 1.1.1.6 christos
5836 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
5837 1.1.1.9 christos sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5838 1.1.1.6 christos {
5839 1.1.1.6 christos bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5840 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
5841 1.1.1.6 christos
5842 1.1.1.6 christos if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
5843 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
5844 1.1.1.6 christos
5845 1.1.1.6 christos old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5846 1.1.1.6 christos new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
5847 1.1.1.6 christos
5848 1.1.1.7 christos merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
5849 1.1.1.6 christos
5850 1.1.1.6 christos if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5851 1.1.1.6 christos {
5852 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
5853 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5854 1.1.1.9 christos (_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
5855 1.1.1.6 christos "use %s instructions"),
5856 1.1.1.6 christos ibfd,
5857 1.1.1.6 christos SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
5858 1.1.1.6 christos SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
5859 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5860 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
5861 1.1.1.6 christos }
5862 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5863 1.1.1.6 christos {
5864 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
5865 1.1.1.9 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
5866 1.1.1.6 christos (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
5867 1.1.1.6 christos "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
5868 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_printable_name (obfd),
5869 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
5870 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5871 1.1.1.9 christos return false;
5872 1.1.1.6 christos }
5873 1.1.1.6 christos
5874 1.1 skrll bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
5875 1.1 skrll sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
5876 1.1 skrll
5877 1.1.1.9 christos return true;
5878 1.1.1.6 christos }
5879 1.1 skrll
5880 1.1.1.6 christos /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
5881 1.1 skrll calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
5882 1.1.1.9 christos
5883 1.1.1.9 christos static bool
5884 1.1.1.9 christos sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5885 1.1.1.9 christos {
5886 1.1 skrll bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5887 1.1.1.9 christos
5888 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries? */
5889 1.1 skrll if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5890 1.1 skrll return true;
5891 1.1 skrll
5892 1.1.1.9 christos if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
5893 1.1.1.2 christos return true;
5894 1.1 skrll
5895 1.1.1.2 christos if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
5896 1.1.1.4 christos {
5897 1.1 skrll /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
5898 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
5899 1.1.1.6 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
5900 1.1 skrll sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5901 1.1.1.7 christos if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
5902 1.1.1.6 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5903 1.1 skrll }
5904 1.1 skrll
5905 1.1.1.9 christos if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
5906 1.1 skrll {
5907 1.1 skrll _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
5908 1.1.1.2 christos "with instructions used in previous modules"),
5909 1.1.1.2 christos ibfd);
5910 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5911 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
5912 1.1.1.2 christos }
5913 1.1.1.2 christos
5914 1.1.1.7 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5915 1.1.1.2 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
5916 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5917 1.1.1.9 christos
5918 1.1.1.2 christos if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
5919 1.1.1.2 christos {
5920 1.1.1.9 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
5921 1.1 skrll ibfd);
5922 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5923 1.1 skrll return false;
5924 1.1 skrll }
5925 1.1 skrll
5926 1.1 skrll return true;
5927 1.1 skrll }
5928 1.1.1.9 christos #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
5929 1.1 skrll
5930 1.1 skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
5931 1.1.1.2 christos as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
5932 1.1.1.9 christos here. */
5933 1.1.1.2 christos
5934 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
5935 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
5936 1.1 skrll {
5937 1.1 skrll if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
5938 1.1 skrll return false;
5939 1.1 skrll
5940 1.1 skrll return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
5941 1.1.1.9 christos == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
5942 1.1 skrll }
5943 1.1 skrll
5944 1.1 skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
5945 1.1 skrll dynamic sections here. */
5946 1.1 skrll
5947 1.1 skrll static bool
5948 1.1 skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5949 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5950 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5951 1.1 skrll {
5952 1.1 skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5953 1.1.1.2 christos
5954 1.1.1.2 christos htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5955 1.1 skrll
5956 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5957 1.1 skrll {
5958 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
5959 1.1 skrll asection *sgotplt;
5960 1.1.1.2 christos asection *srelplt;
5961 1.1 skrll
5962 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt_index;
5963 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
5964 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5965 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
5966 1.1 skrll const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
5967 1.1.1.6 christos
5968 1.1.1.6 christos /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
5969 1.1.1.6 christos it up. */
5970 1.1.1.2 christos
5971 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
5972 1.1 skrll
5973 1.1 skrll splt = htab->root.splt;
5974 1.1 skrll sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
5975 1.1 skrll srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
5976 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
5977 1.1 skrll
5978 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
5979 1.1.1.2 christos corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
5980 1.1.1.2 christos in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
5981 1.1.1.2 christos first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
5982 1.1 skrll plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
5983 1.1.1.2 christos
5984 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info = htab->plt_info;
5985 1.1.1.2 christos if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
5986 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
5987 1.1.1.2 christos
5988 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
5989 1.1.1.2 christos corresponds to this function. */
5990 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
5991 1.1.1.2 christos /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
5992 1.1.1.2 christos before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
5993 1.1 skrll bytes. */
5994 1.1 skrll got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
5995 1.1.1.4 christos else
5996 1.1 skrll /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
5997 1.1 skrll reserved. */
5998 1.1 skrll got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
5999 1.1 skrll
6000 1.1 skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6001 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6002 1.1.1.2 christos got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6003 1.1 skrll #endif
6004 1.1.1.4 christos
6005 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6006 1.1.1.2 christos memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6007 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info->symbol_entry,
6008 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6009 1.1.1.2 christos
6010 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6011 1.1.1.2 christos {
6012 1.1.1.2 christos if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6013 1.1.1.2 christos {
6014 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6015 1.1.1.2 christos r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6016 1.1.1.9 christos splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6017 1.1.1.2 christos h->plt.offset
6018 1.1.1.2 christos + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6019 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6020 1.1.1.2 christos }
6021 1.1 skrll else
6022 1.1 skrll install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset,
6023 1.1.1.2 christos (splt->contents
6024 1.1.1.2 christos + h->plt.offset
6025 1.1.1.9 christos + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6026 1.1.1.2 christos }
6027 1.1.1.2 christos else
6028 1.1 skrll {
6029 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6030 1.1 skrll
6031 1.1.1.2 christos install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6032 1.1.1.9 christos (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6033 1.1 skrll + sgotplt->output_offset
6034 1.1 skrll + got_offset),
6035 1.1 skrll (splt->contents
6036 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
6037 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6038 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6039 1.1 skrll {
6040 1.1 skrll unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6041 1.1 skrll int distance;
6042 1.1 skrll
6043 1.1 skrll /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6044 1.1 skrll REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6045 1.1.1.2 christos PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6046 1.1.1.2 christos branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6047 1.1.1.2 christos to the last element of the previous group. */
6048 1.1.1.2 christos /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6049 1.1 skrll the common resolver stub. */
6050 1.1 skrll reachable_plts = ((4096
6051 1.1.1.2 christos - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6052 1.1 skrll - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6053 1.1 skrll / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6054 1.1.1.2 christos plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6055 1.1 skrll if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6056 1.1 skrll distance = -(h->plt.offset
6057 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6058 1.1 skrll else
6059 1.1 skrll distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6060 1.1 skrll * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6061 1.1.1.2 christos
6062 1.1 skrll /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6063 1.1 skrll bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6064 1.1.1.9 christos 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6065 1.1 skrll (splt->contents
6066 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
6067 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6068 1.1.1.2 christos }
6069 1.1 skrll else
6070 1.1 skrll install_plt_field (output_bfd, true,
6071 1.1.1.2 christos splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6072 1.1 skrll (splt->contents
6073 1.1.1.4 christos + h->plt.offset
6074 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6075 1.1 skrll }
6076 1.1.1.2 christos
6077 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6078 1.1 skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6079 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6080 1.1.1.9 christos got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6081 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
6082 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
6083 1.1.1.2 christos got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6084 1.1.1.2 christos
6085 1.1 skrll if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6086 1.1 skrll install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6087 1.1 skrll plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6088 1.1 skrll (splt->contents
6089 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
6090 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6091 1.1.1.2 christos
6092 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6093 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6094 1.1.1.2 christos (splt->output_section->vma
6095 1.1.1.6 christos + splt->output_offset
6096 1.1.1.2 christos + h->plt.offset
6097 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6098 1.1 skrll sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6099 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
6100 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6101 1.1 skrll sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
6102 1.1.1.2 christos sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6103 1.1.1.2 christos
6104 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6105 1.1.1.2 christos rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6106 1.1 skrll + sgotplt->output_offset
6107 1.1 skrll + got_offset);
6108 1.1 skrll if (htab->fdpic_p)
6109 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6110 1.1.1.2 christos else
6111 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6112 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = 0;
6113 1.1.1.9 christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6114 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6115 1.1 skrll #endif
6116 1.1 skrll loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6117 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6118 1.1 skrll
6119 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6120 1.1 skrll {
6121 1.1 skrll /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6122 1.1.1.6 christos Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6123 1.1.1.6 christos loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6124 1.1 skrll + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6125 1.1.1.2 christos
6126 1.1 skrll /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6127 1.1 skrll for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6128 1.1 skrll rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6129 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
6130 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
6131 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6132 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6133 1.1.1.2 christos rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6134 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6135 1.1 skrll loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6136 1.1 skrll
6137 1.1 skrll /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6138 1.1 skrll the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6139 1.1 skrll rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6140 1.1 skrll + sgotplt->output_offset
6141 1.1 skrll + got_offset);
6142 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6143 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = 0;
6144 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6145 1.1 skrll }
6146 1.1 skrll
6147 1.1 skrll if (!h->def_regular)
6148 1.1 skrll {
6149 1.1 skrll /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6150 1.1.1.2 christos the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6151 1.1.1.2 christos sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6152 1.1.1.2 christos }
6153 1.1 skrll }
6154 1.1 skrll
6155 1.1.1.2 christos if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6156 1.1 skrll && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6157 1.1 skrll && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6158 1.1 skrll && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6159 1.1 skrll {
6160 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
6161 1.1 skrll asection *srelgot;
6162 1.1.1.6 christos Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6163 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_byte *loc;
6164 1.1.1.2 christos
6165 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6166 1.1 skrll up. */
6167 1.1 skrll
6168 1.1 skrll sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6169 1.1 skrll srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6170 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6171 1.1 skrll
6172 1.1 skrll rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6173 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
6174 1.1 skrll + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6175 1.1.1.4 christos
6176 1.1.1.10 christos /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6177 1.1.1.10 christos symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6178 1.1 skrll of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6179 1.1 skrll The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6180 1.1.1.2 christos initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6181 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6182 1.1.1.2 christos && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6183 1.1.1.2 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6184 1.1.1.2 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6185 1.1.1.2 christos {
6186 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
6187 1.1.1.2 christos {
6188 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6189 1.1.1.2 christos int dynindx
6190 1.1.1.2 christos = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6191 1.1.1.2 christos
6192 1.1.1.2 christos rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6193 1.1.1.2 christos rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6194 1.1.1.2 christos + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6195 1.1.1.2 christos }
6196 1.1.1.2 christos else
6197 1.1 skrll {
6198 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6199 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6200 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6201 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6202 1.1 skrll }
6203 1.1 skrll }
6204 1.1 skrll else
6205 1.1.1.2 christos {
6206 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6207 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6208 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = 0;
6209 1.1 skrll }
6210 1.1 skrll
6211 1.1 skrll loc = srelgot->contents;
6212 1.1 skrll loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6213 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6214 1.1 skrll }
6215 1.1 skrll
6216 1.1 skrll if (h->needs_copy)
6217 1.1 skrll {
6218 1.1 skrll asection *s;
6219 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6220 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
6221 1.1 skrll
6222 1.1.1.3 christos /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
6223 1.1 skrll
6224 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6225 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6226 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6227 1.1 skrll
6228 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6229 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6230 1.1 skrll
6231 1.1 skrll rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6232 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6233 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6234 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6235 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = 0;
6236 1.1 skrll loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6237 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6238 1.1.1.9 christos }
6239 1.1 skrll
6240 1.1 skrll /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
6241 1.1.1.9 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6242 1.1 skrll ".got" section. */
6243 1.1 skrll if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6244 1.1 skrll || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
6245 1.1 skrll sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6246 1.1.1.9 christos
6247 1.1 skrll return true;
6248 1.1 skrll }
6249 1.1 skrll
6250 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6251 1.1 skrll
6252 1.1 skrll static bool
6253 1.1 skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6254 1.1.1.2 christos {
6255 1.1.1.9 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6256 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgotplt;
6257 1.1.1.6 christos asection *sdyn;
6258 1.1.1.3 christos
6259 1.1 skrll htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6260 1.1 skrll if (htab == NULL)
6261 1.1 skrll return false;
6262 1.1 skrll
6263 1.1 skrll sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6264 1.1 skrll sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6265 1.1.1.2 christos
6266 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6267 1.1 skrll {
6268 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
6269 1.1 skrll Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6270 1.1 skrll
6271 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6272 1.1 skrll
6273 1.1 skrll dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6274 1.1 skrll dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6275 1.1 skrll for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6276 1.1 skrll {
6277 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6278 1.1 skrll asection *s;
6279 1.1.1.9 christos
6280 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6281 1.1 skrll
6282 1.1 skrll switch (dyn.d_tag)
6283 1.1 skrll {
6284 1.1 skrll default:
6285 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
6286 1.1.1.2 christos && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
6287 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6288 1.1.1.2 christos break;
6289 1.1.1.2 christos
6290 1.1.1.2 christos case DT_PLTGOT:
6291 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6292 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6293 1.1.1.10 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6294 1.1.1.10 christos + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6295 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6296 1.1 skrll break;
6297 1.1 skrll
6298 1.1 skrll case DT_JMPREL:
6299 1.1.1.10 christos s = htab->root.srelplt;
6300 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6301 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6302 1.1 skrll break;
6303 1.1 skrll
6304 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6305 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.srelplt;
6306 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6307 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6308 1.1 skrll break;
6309 1.1 skrll }
6310 1.1 skrll }
6311 1.1 skrll
6312 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6313 1.1 skrll splt = htab->root.splt;
6314 1.1 skrll if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
6315 1.1 skrll {
6316 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
6317 1.1.1.9 christos
6318 1.1.1.2 christos memcpy (splt->contents,
6319 1.1.1.2 christos htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
6320 1.1 skrll htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
6321 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
6322 1.1 skrll if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
6323 1.1 skrll install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6324 1.1.1.9 christos (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6325 1.1 skrll + sgotplt->output_offset
6326 1.1 skrll + (i * 4)),
6327 1.1 skrll (splt->contents
6328 1.1 skrll + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
6329 1.1 skrll
6330 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6331 1.1 skrll {
6332 1.1 skrll /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
6333 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6334 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
6335 1.1 skrll
6336 1.1 skrll /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
6337 1.1 skrll first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
6338 1.1 skrll loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
6339 1.1 skrll rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6340 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
6341 1.1 skrll + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
6342 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6343 1.1 skrll rel.r_addend = 8;
6344 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6345 1.1 skrll loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6346 1.1 skrll
6347 1.1 skrll /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
6348 1.1 skrll They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
6349 1.1 skrll _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
6350 1.1 skrll output. */
6351 1.1 skrll while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
6352 1.1 skrll {
6353 1.1 skrll /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
6354 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6355 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
6356 1.1 skrll R_SH_DIR32);
6357 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6358 1.1 skrll loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6359 1.1 skrll
6360 1.1 skrll /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
6361 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6362 1.1 skrll rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
6363 1.1 skrll R_SH_DIR32);
6364 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6365 1.1 skrll loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6366 1.1 skrll }
6367 1.1 skrll }
6368 1.1 skrll
6369 1.1 skrll /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
6370 1.1.1.2 christos really seem like the right value. */
6371 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6372 1.1 skrll }
6373 1.1.1.2 christos }
6374 1.1 skrll
6375 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
6376 1.1 skrll if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
6377 1.1.1.2 christos {
6378 1.1.1.2 christos if (sdyn == NULL)
6379 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
6380 1.1.1.2 christos else
6381 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6382 1.1.1.2 christos sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
6383 1.1.1.2 christos sgotplt->contents);
6384 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
6385 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
6386 1.1.1.2 christos }
6387 1.1.1.2 christos
6388 1.1.1.2 christos if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
6389 1.1.1.2 christos elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6390 1.1.1.2 christos
6391 1.1.1.2 christos /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
6392 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
6393 1.1.1.2 christos {
6394 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
6395 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
6396 1.1.1.2 christos + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6397 1.1 skrll + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
6398 1.1 skrll
6399 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
6400 1.1.1.2 christos
6401 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
6402 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
6403 1.1.1.6 christos }
6404 1.1.1.6 christos
6405 1.1.1.6 christos if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
6406 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6407 1.1.1.9 christos == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
6408 1.1 skrll
6409 1.1 skrll if (htab->root.srelgot)
6410 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6411 1.1.1.4 christos == htab->root.srelgot->size);
6412 1.1.1.4 christos
6413 1.1.1.4 christos return true;
6414 1.1 skrll }
6415 1.1 skrll
6416 1.1 skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
6417 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6418 1.1 skrll const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6419 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
6420 1.1 skrll {
6421 1.1 skrll switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
6422 1.1 skrll {
6423 1.1 skrll case R_SH_RELATIVE:
6424 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_relative;
6425 1.1 skrll case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
6426 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_plt;
6427 1.1 skrll case R_SH_COPY:
6428 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_copy;
6429 1.1 skrll default:
6430 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_normal;
6431 1.1.1.9 christos }
6432 1.1 skrll }
6433 1.1 skrll
6434 1.1 skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6435 1.1 skrll /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
6436 1.1 skrll
6437 1.1 skrll static bool
6438 1.1 skrll elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6439 1.1 skrll {
6440 1.1.1.9 christos int offset;
6441 1.1 skrll unsigned int size;
6442 1.1 skrll
6443 1.1 skrll switch (note->descsz)
6444 1.1.1.4 christos {
6445 1.1 skrll default:
6446 1.1 skrll return false;
6447 1.1.1.4 christos
6448 1.1 skrll case 168: /* Linux/SH */
6449 1.1 skrll /* pr_cursig */
6450 1.1 skrll elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
6451 1.1 skrll
6452 1.1 skrll /* pr_pid */
6453 1.1 skrll elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
6454 1.1 skrll
6455 1.1 skrll /* pr_reg */
6456 1.1 skrll offset = 72;
6457 1.1 skrll size = 92;
6458 1.1 skrll
6459 1.1 skrll break;
6460 1.1 skrll }
6461 1.1.1.9 christos
6462 1.1 skrll /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
6463 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
6464 1.1 skrll size, note->descpos + offset);
6465 1.1 skrll }
6466 1.1 skrll
6467 1.1.1.9 christos static bool
6468 1.1 skrll elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6469 1.1 skrll {
6470 1.1.1.4 christos switch (note->descsz)
6471 1.1 skrll {
6472 1.1.1.4 christos default:
6473 1.1 skrll return false;
6474 1.1 skrll
6475 1.1 skrll case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
6476 1.1 skrll elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
6477 1.1 skrll = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
6478 1.1 skrll elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
6479 1.1 skrll = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
6480 1.1 skrll }
6481 1.1.1.4 christos
6482 1.1 skrll /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
6483 1.1 skrll onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
6484 1.1 skrll implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
6485 1.1 skrll
6486 1.1 skrll {
6487 1.1 skrll char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
6488 1.1.1.9 christos int n = strlen (command);
6489 1.1 skrll
6490 1.1 skrll if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
6491 1.1 skrll command[n - 1] = '\0';
6492 1.1.1.4 christos }
6493 1.1 skrll
6494 1.1 skrll return true;
6495 1.1 skrll }
6496 1.1 skrll #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
6497 1.1 skrll
6498 1.1 skrll
6499 1.1 skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
6500 1.1 skrll or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
6501 1.1 skrll
6502 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
6503 1.1 skrll sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
6504 1.1 skrll const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6505 1.1 skrll {
6506 1.1.1.2 christos const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6507 1.1.1.2 christos
6508 1.1.1.2 christos plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
6509 1.1.1.9 christos return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
6510 1.1.1.2 christos }
6511 1.1.1.2 christos
6512 1.1.1.2 christos /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
6513 1.1.1.2 christos shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
6514 1.1.1.2 christos
6515 1.1.1.2 christos static bool
6516 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6517 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
6518 1.1.1.9 christos asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6519 1.1.1.2 christos {
6520 1.1.1.9 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6521 1.1.1.2 christos
6522 1.1.1.2 christos /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
6523 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab->fdpic_p)
6524 1.1.1.2 christos return false;
6525 1.1.1.2 christos
6526 1.1.1.2 christos return true;
6527 1.1.1.2 christos }
6528 1.1.1.2 christos
6529 1.1.1.2 christos /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
6530 1.1.1.2 christos
6531 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_byte
6532 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
6533 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
6534 1.1.1.2 christos asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
6535 1.1.1.2 christos asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
6536 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma *encoded)
6537 1.1.1.2 christos {
6538 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6539 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6540 1.1.1.2 christos
6541 1.1.1.2 christos if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6542 1.1.1.2 christos return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
6543 1.1.1.2 christos loc_offset, encoded);
6544 1.1.1.2 christos
6545 1.1.1.2 christos h = htab->root.hgot;
6546 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
6547 1.1.1.2 christos
6548 1.1.1.2 christos if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6549 1.1.1.2 christos == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
6550 1.1.1.2 christos return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
6551 1.1.1.2 christos loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
6552 1.1.1.2 christos
6553 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6554 1.1.1.2 christos == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
6555 1.1.1.2 christos (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
6556 1.1.1.2 christos
6557 1.1.1.2 christos *encoded = osec->vma + offset
6558 1.1.1.2 christos - (h->root.u.def.value
6559 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6560 1.1.1.4 christos + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6561 1.1 skrll
6562 1.1.1.4 christos return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
6563 1.1 skrll }
6564 1.1 skrll
6565 1.1 skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6566 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
6567 1.1.1.2 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
6568 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
6569 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
6570 1.1 skrll #endif
6571 1.1 skrll
6572 1.1 skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
6573 1.1 skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
6574 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
6575 1.1 skrll #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
6576 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
6577 1.1 skrll #else
6578 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
6579 1.1 skrll #endif
6580 1.1 skrll
6581 1.1 skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
6582 1.1 skrll
6583 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
6584 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
6585 1.1 skrll sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
6586 1.1 skrll #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
6587 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
6588 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
6589 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
6590 1.1 skrll sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
6591 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
6592 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
6593 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
6594 1.1 skrll sh_elf_copy_private_data
6595 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
6596 1.1 skrll sh_elf_merge_private_data
6597 1.1 skrll
6598 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
6599 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
6600 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
6601 1.1 skrll sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
6602 1.1.1.11 christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
6603 1.1.1.11 christos sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
6604 1.1.1.2 christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
6605 1.1 skrll sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
6606 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
6607 1.1 skrll sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
6608 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_early_size_sections sh_elf_early_size_sections
6609 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_late_size_sections sh_elf_late_size_sections
6610 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
6611 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
6612 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
6613 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
6614 1.1.1.2 christos sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
6615 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
6616 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
6617 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
6618 1.1.1.4 christos sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6619 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
6620 1.1 skrll sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6621 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
6622 1.1 skrll sh_elf_encode_eh_address
6623 1.1 skrll
6624 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
6625 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
6626 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
6627 1.1.1.9 christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
6628 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
6629 1.1.1.7 christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
6630 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
6631 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
6632 1.1 skrll
6633 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 true
6634 1.1 skrll
6635 1.1.1.4 christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6636 1.1 skrll
6637 1.1 skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
6638 1.1 skrll
6639 1.1.1.4 christos /* NetBSD support. */
6640 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
6641 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
6642 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
6643 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
6644 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6645 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
6646 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6647 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
6648 1.1 skrll #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6649 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
6650 1.1 skrll #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6651 1.1 skrll #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
6652 1.1 skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
6653 1.1 skrll #undef elf32_bed
6654 1.1 skrll #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
6655 1.1.1.4 christos
6656 1.1 skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
6657 1.1 skrll
6658 1.1 skrll
6659 1.1.1.4 christos /* Linux support. */
6660 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
6661 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
6662 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
6663 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
6664 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6665 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
6666 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6667 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
6668 1.1 skrll #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6669 1.1 skrll #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
6670 1.1 skrll
6671 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6672 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
6673 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6674 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
6675 1.1.1.2 christos #undef elf32_bed
6676 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
6677 1.1.1.4 christos
6678 1.1.1.2 christos #include "elf32-target.h"
6679 1.1.1.2 christos
6680 1.1.1.2 christos
6681 1.1.1.4 christos /* FDPIC support. */
6682 1.1.1.2 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
6683 1.1.1.2 christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
6684 1.1.1.2 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
6685 1.1.1.2 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
6686 1.1.1.2 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6687 1.1.1.2 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
6688 1.1.1.2 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6689 1.1.1.2 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
6690 1.1.1.2 christos
6691 1.1 skrll #undef elf32_bed
6692 1.1.1.4 christos #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
6693 1.1 skrll
6694 1.1 skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
6695 1.1 skrll
6696 1.1.1.4 christos /* VxWorks support. */
6697 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
6698 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
6699 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
6700 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
6701 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6702 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
6703 1.1 skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6704 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
6705 1.1 skrll #undef elf32_bed
6706 1.1 skrll #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
6707 1.1 skrll
6708 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
6709 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
6710 1.1 skrll #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
6711 1.1 skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
6712 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
6713 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6714 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6715 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
6716 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
6717 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
6718 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
6719 1.1 skrll elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
6720 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
6721 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
6722 1.1 skrll #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
6723 1.1.1.9 christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
6724 1.1.1.9 christos elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
6725 1.1.1.9 christos #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6726 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
6727 1.1 skrll #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6728 1.1.1.7 christos
6729 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
6730 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
6731
6732 #include "elf32-target.h"
6733
6734 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
6735